LPLA SEPARATE ACCOUNT ONE
485BPOS, 1996-04-18
Previous: AMERITAS LIFE INSURANCE CORP SEPARATE ACCOUNT LLVL, 497, 1996-04-18
Next: NYLIAC LIFESTAGES ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT, 485BPOS, 1996-04-18



                                                            File Nos. 33-87150
                                                                      811-8890
==============================================================================

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                           Washington, D.C.  20549

                                   FORM N-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933                 [ ]
     Pre-Effective Amendment No.                                        [ ]
     Post-Effective Amendment No.    1                                  [X]    
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940         [ ]
     Amendment No.    3                                                 [X]    
                      (Check appropriate box or boxes.)

     LPLA Separate Account One
     ___________________________
     (Exact Name of Registrant)

     London Pacific Life & Annuity Company
     _____________________________________
     (Name of Depositor)

     3109 Poplarwood Court, Raleigh, North Carolina                   27604
     ___________________________________________________            _________
     (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices)           (Zip Code)

Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code     (919) 790-2243

     Name and Address of Agent for Service
          George Nicholson
          London Pacific Life & Annuity Company
          3109 Poplarwood Court
          Raleigh, North Carolina  27604

     Copies to:
          Judith A. Hasenauer
          Blazzard, Grodd & Hasenauer, P.C.
          P.O. Box 5108
          Westport, CT  06881
          (203) 226-7866

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering
   
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

_____  immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
__X__  on May 1, 1996 pursuant to paragraph (b)of Rule 485
_____  60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
_____  on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485    
   
If appropriate, check the following box:

_____    this  post-effective  amendment designates a new effective date for a
previously filed post-effective amendment.    
   
Registrant  has declared that it has registered an indefinite number or amount
of  securities  in accordance with Rule 24f-2 under the Investment Company Act
of  1940.  Registrant  filed  its Rule 24f-2 Notice for the most recent fiscal
year on or about February 21, 1996.    


<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>       <C>                                    <C>

          CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
          (required by Rule 495)
Item No.                                         Location
- --------                                         -------------------------

          PART A

Item 1.   Cover Page..........................   Cover Page

Item 2.   Definitions.........................   Definitions

Item 3.   Synopsis............................   Highlights

Item 4.   Condensed Financial Information.....   Not Applicable

Item 5.   General Description of Registrant,
          Depositor, and Portfolio Companies..   The Company; The Separate
                                                 Account; LPT Variable
                                                 Insurance Series Trust

Item 6.   Deductions and Expenses.............   Charges and Deductions

Item 7.   General Description of Variable
          Annuity Contracts...................   The Contracts

Item 8.   Annuity Period......................   Annuity Provisions

Item 9.   Death Benefit.......................   Proceeds Payable on
                                                 Death

Item 10.  Purchases and Contract Value........   Contributions and
                                                 Contract Value

Item 11.  Redemptions.........................   Withdrawals

Item 12.  Taxes...............................   Tax Status

Item 13.  Legal Proceedings...................   Legal Proceedings

Item 14.  Table of Contents of the Statement
          of Additional Information...........   Table of Contents of the
                                                 Statement of Additional
                                                 Information
</TABLE>




<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>       <C>                                    <C>

          CROSS REFERENCE SHEET (CONT'D)
          (required by Rule 495)
Item No.                                         Location
- --------                                         -----------------------

          PART B

Item 15.  Cover Page..........................   Cover Page

Item 16.  Table of Contents...................   Table of Contents

Item 17.  General Information and History.....   The Company

Item 18.  Services............................   Not Applicable

Item 19.  Purchase of Securities Being
          Offered.............................   Not Applicable

Item 20.  Underwriters........................   Distributor

Item 21.  Calculation of Performance Data.....   Performance Information

Item 22.  Annuity Payments....................   Annuity Provisions

Item 23.  Financial Statements................   Financial Statements
</TABLE>



                                    PART C

Information  required  to  be  included  in  Part  C  is  set  forth under the
appropriate Item so numbered in Part C to this Registration Statement.


















                                    PART A


                    LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY

           INDIVIDUAL FIXED AND VARIABLE DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                         WITH FLEXIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS
                                  ISSUED BY
                          LPLA SEPARATE ACCOUNT ONE
                                     AND
                    LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY

The  Individual  Fixed  and Variable Deferred  Annuity Contracts with Flexible
Contributions  (the  "Contracts")  described  in  this  Prospectus provide for
accumulation  of  Contract Values on a fixed and variable basis and payment of
annuity  payments  on  a fixed and variable basis.  The Contracts are designed
for  use  by  individuals  in retirement plans on a Qualified or Non-Qualified
basis.  (See "Definitions.")

Contributions  for  the Contracts will be allocated to a segregated investment
account of London Pacific Life & Annuity Company (the "Company") which account
has  been  designated LPLA Separate Account One (the "Separate Account") or to
the  Company's  Fixed  Account.    Under  certain  circumstances,  however,
Contributions  may  initially  be  allocated  to  the  Salomon  Money  Market
Sub-Account  of  the  Separate  Account.    (See  "Highlights.")  The Separate
Account  invests  in  shares of LPT Variable Insurance Series Trust. (See "LPT
Variable  Insurance  Series Trust.")  LPT Variable Insurance Series Trust is a
series  fund  with  eight Portfolios currently available: MAS Value Portfolio;
MFS  Total  Return  Portfolio;  Salomon  U.S.  Quality  Bond Portfolio; Strong
International  Stock  Portfolio;  Salomon  Money  Market  Portfolio;  Berkeley
Smaller Companies Portfolio; Lexington Corporate Leaders Portfolio; and Strong
Growth Portfolio.

THE  CONTRACTS  ARE  NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED
BY,  ANY  FINANCIAL  INSTITUTION, AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE FEDERAL
DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD, OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.
INVESTMENT  IN  THE CONTRACTS IS SUBJECT TO RISK THAT MAY CAUSE THE VALUE OF
THE  OWNER'S  INVESTMENT TO FLUCTUATE, AND WHEN THE CONTRACTS ARE SURRENDERED,
THE VALUE MAY BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THE CONTRIBUTIONS.

This  Prospectus  concisely  sets forth the information a prospective investor
should  know  before investing.  Additional information about the Contracts is
contained  in the Statement of Additional Information which is available at no
charge.    The  Statement  of  Additional  Information has been filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission and is incorporated herein by reference.
The  Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information can be found
on  Page  __ of this Prospectus.  For the Statement of Additional Information,
call  (800)  852-3152  or write to the Company's Annuity Service Center at the
address listed above.

INQUIRIES:

Any  inquiries  can  be made by telephone or in writing to the Annuity Service
Center listed above.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

This  Prospectus  and the Statement of Additional Information are dated May 1,
1996.

This Prospectus should be kept for future reference.

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

DEFINITIONS

HIGHLIGHTS

FEE TABLE

THE COMPANY

THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

LPT VARIABLE INSURANCE SERIES TRUST
MAS Value Portfolio
MFS Total Return Portfolio
Salomon U.S. Quality Bond Portfolio
Strong International Stock Portfolio
Salomon Money Market Portfolio
Berkeley Smaller Companies Portfolio
Lexington Corporate Leaders Portfolio
Strong Growth Portfolio
Voting Rights
Substitution of Securities

CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
Deduction for Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (Sales Load)
Convalescent Care Facility/Terminal Illness Benefit
Reduction or Elimination of the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
Deduction for Administrative Charge
Deduction for Distribution Charge
Deduction for Contract Maintenance Charge
Deduction for Transfer Fee
Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes
Deduction for Expenses of the Trust

THE CONTRACTS
Owner
Joint Owners
Annuitant
Assignment

CONTRIBUTIONS AND CONTRACT VALUE
Contributions
Allocation of Contributions
Dollar Cost Averaging
Contract Value
Accumulation Units
Accumulation Unit Value

TRANSFERS
Transfers During the Accumulation Period
Transfers During the Annuity Period

WITHDRAWALS
Systematic Withdrawal Option
Suspension or Deferral of Payments

PROCEEDS PAYABLE ON DEATH
Death of Owner During the Accumulation Period
Death Benefit Amount During the Accumulation Period
Death Benefit Options During the Accumulation Period
Death of Owner During the Annuity Period
Death of Annuitant
Payment of Death Benefit
Beneficiary
Change of Beneficiary

ANNUITY PROVISIONS
General
Annuity Date
Selection or Change of an Annuity Option
Frequency and Amount of Annuity Payments
Annuity
Fixed Annuity
Variable Annuity
Annuity Options
OPTION A. LIFE ANNUITY
OPTION B. LIFE ANNUITY WITH PERIOD CERTAIN
OPTION C. JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
OPTION D. PERIOD CERTAIN

DISTRIBUTOR

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
Salomon Money Market Sub-Account
Other Sub-Accounts

TAX STATUS
General
Diversification
   Contracts Owned by Other than Natural Persons    
Multiple Contracts
Tax Treatment of Assignments
Income Tax Withholding
Tax Treatment of Withdrawals - Non-Qualified Contracts
Qualified Plans
Tax Treatment of Withdrawals - Qualified Contracts

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

APPENDIX

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                                 DEFINITIONS


ACCUMULATION  PERIOD:    The  period  prior  to  the Annuity Date during which
Contributions may be made.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT:    A  unit  of  measure used to determine the value of the
Owner's  interest  in  a  Sub-Account  of  the  Separate  Account  during  the
Accumulation Period.

ADJUSTED  CONTRACT  VALUE:  The Contract Value less any applicable Premium Tax
and  Contract  Maintenance  Charge,  if  any.    This amount is applied to the
applicable Annuity Tables to determine Annuity Payments.

AGE:  The age of any Owner or Annuitant on his/her last birthday.

ANNUITANT:    The natural person on whose life Annuity Payments are based.  On
or  after  the  Annuity  Date,  the  Annuitant  shall  also  include any Joint
Annuitant.

ANNUITY DATE:  The date on which Annuity Payments begin.

ANNUITY OPTIONS:  Options available for Annuity Payments.

ANNUITY PAYMENTS:  The series of payments made to the Owner or any named payee
after the Annuity Date under the Annuity Option selected.

ANNUITY  PERIOD:    The  period of time beginning with the Annuity Date during
which Annuity Payments are made.

ANNUITY  SERVICE  CENTER:    The  office  indicated  on  the back page of this
Prospectus to which notices, requests and Contributions must be sent. All sums
payable  to  the  Company  under  the Contract are payable only at the Annuity
Service Center.

ANNUITY  UNIT:   A unit of measure used to calculate Variable Annuity Payments
during the Annuity Period.

BENEFICIARY:   The person(s) or entity(ies) who will receive the death benefit
payable under the Contract.

COMPANY:  London Pacific Life & Annuity Company.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY:  An anniversary of the Issue Date.

CONTRACT  VALUE:    The dollar value as of any Valuation Period of all amounts
accumulated in the Contract.

CONTRACT  WITHDRAWAL  VALUE:    The Contract Value less any applicable Premium
Tax,  less  any Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, less any applicable Contract
Maintenance Charge.

CONTRACT  YEAR:   The first Contract Year is the annual period which begins on
the  Issue  Date.  Subsequent  Contract Years begin on each anniversary of the
Issue Date.

CONTRIBUTION:   A payment made by or on behalf of an Owner with respect to the
Contract.

EFFECTIVE  DATE:  The date the Company declares a Guaranteed Interest Rate for
a specified Guarantee Period.

ELIGIBLE FUND:  An investment entity into which assets of the Separate Account
will be invested.
   
FIXED  ACCOUNT:    An  investment  option within the General Account where the
Company guarantees the rate(s) of interest for a specified Guarantee Period.
    
FIXED  ANNUITY:  A series of payments made during the Annuity Period which are
guaranteed as to dollar amount by the Company.

GENERAL  ACCOUNT:  The Company's general investment account which contains all
the assets of the Company with the exception of the Separate Account and other
segregated asset accounts.

GUARANTEE  PERIOD:  A one year period, commencing on the Issue Date, for which
the  Guaranteed  Interest Rate is credited.  Upon each Contract Anniversary, a
new one year Guarantee Period commences.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE:  The interest rate credited to the Contract Value by
the Company for any given Guarantee Period.

ISSUE DATE:  The date on which the Contract became effective.

NON-QUALIFIED  CONTRACTS:  Contracts issued under non-qualified plans which do
not  receive favorable tax treatment under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

OWNER:    The  person or entity entitled to the ownership rights stated in the
Contract.

PORTFOLIO:    A  segment  of an Eligible Fund which constitutes a separate and
distinct class of shares.

PREMIUM  TAX:    Any  premium  taxes  paid to any governmental entity assessed
against Contributions or Contract Value.

QUALIFIED  CONTRACTS:    Contracts  issued under qualified plans which receive
favorable tax treatment under Section 408 of the Code.

SEPARATE  ACCOUNT:  The Company's Separate Account designated as LPLA Separate
Account One.

SUB-ACCOUNT:  Separate Account assets are divided into Sub-Accounts. Assets of
each Sub-Account will be invested in shares of an Eligible Fund or a Portfolio
of an Eligible Fund.

VALUATION DATE:  Each day on which the Company and the New York Stock Exchange
("NYSE") are open for business.

VALUATION  PERIOD:    The period of time beginning at the close of business of
the  NYSE  on  each Valuation Date and ending at the close of business for the
next succeeding Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY:  An annuity with payments which vary as to dollar amount in
relation  to  the  investment  performance  of  specified  Sub-Accounts of the
Separate Account.

WRITTEN REQUEST:  A request in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company,
which is received by the Annuity Service Center.


                                  HIGHLIGHTS

Contributions  for  the Contracts will be allocated to a segregated investment
account of London Pacific Life & Annuity Company (the "Company") which account
has  been  designated LPLA Separate Account One (the "Separate Account") or to
the  Company's  Fixed  Account.    Under  certain  circumstances,  however,
Contributions  may  initially  be  allocated  to  the  Salomon  Money  Market
Sub-Account of the Separate Account (see below).  The Separate Account invests
in  shares of LPT Variable Insurance Series Trust.  Owners bear the investment
risk for all amounts allocated to the Separate Account.
   
The  Contract  may  be  returned to the Company for any reason within ten (10)
calendar  days (thirty (30) days if purchased by individuals in California who
are  60  years of age or older on the Issue Date, or twenty (20) calendar days
of  the  date  of  receipt  with respect to the circumstances described in (c)
below) after its receipt by the Owner ("Right to Examine Contract"). It may be
returned  to  the Company at its Annuity Service Center.  When the Contract is
received by the Company at its Annuity Service Center, it will be voided as if
it  had  never  been  in  force.  Upon its return, the Company will refund the
Contract  Value  next computed after receipt of the Contract by the Company at
its  Annuity  Service  Center except in the following circumstances: (a) where
the Contract is purchased pursuant to an Individual Retirement Annuity; (b) in
those  states  which  require  the  Company  to  refund  Contributions,  less
withdrawals;  or  (c)  in  the  case  of Contracts which are deemed by certain
states  to  be  replacing  an existing annuity or insurance contract and which
require  the  Company to refund Contributions, less withdrawals.  With respect
to  the  circumstances  described  in (a), (b) and (c) above, the Company will
refund  the  greater  of  Contributions, less any withdrawals, or the Contract
Value,  and  will  allocate  initial Contributions to the Salomon Money Market
Sub-Account  (except for any Contribution to be allocated to the Fixed Account
as  elected  by  the  Owner) until the expiration of fifteen (15)days from the
Issue  Date (or twenty-five (25) days in the case of Contracts described under
(c) above).  Upon the expiration of the fifteen day period (or twenty-five day
period  with  respect to Contracts described under (c)), the Sub-Account value
of  the  Salomon  Money  Market  Sub-Account will be allocated to the Separate
Account  in  accordance  with  the  election made by the Owner at the time the
Contract is issued.    

The  Company  reserves  the  right to offer an exchange program (the "Exchange
Program")  which  is  available  only  to  purchasers who exchange an existing
contract  issued  by another insurance company not affiliated with the Company
for  the  Contract  offered  by  this  Prospectus.    As  of  the date of this
Prospectus,  the  Company  is  making  such  a  Program  available.  Under the
Exchange  Program,  the  Company adds certain amounts to the Contract Value as
exchange  credits  ("Exchange  Credits").    Subject  to  specific limits, the
Exchange  Credits  equal  the  surrender  charge  paid,  if  any, to the other
insurance  company.    (See  "Contributions  and  Contract  Value  -  Exchange
Program.")


A  Contingent  Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) may be deducted in the event
of  a  withdrawal  of  all  or  a  portion of the unliquidated Contributions. 
Unliquidated  means  not  previously surrendered or withdrawn.  The Contingent
Deferred  Sales Charge is based upon the Contract Year in which the withdrawal
is made as follows:

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>                             <C>

                                Charge as a percentage of
            Contract Year       unliquidated Contribution withdrawn
- ------------------------------  ------------------------------------

               1 year                                             7%
               2 years                                            7%
               3 years                                            6%
               4 years                                            5%
               5 years                                            4%
               6 years                                            3%
               7 years                                            2%
               8 years or more                                    0%
</TABLE>



The  Owner  may  make  a  partial  withdrawal  once  each  Contract  Year on a
non-cumulative  basis  without the imposition of the Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge  ("Free  Withdrawal").  The  Free Withdrawal amount may be up to 10% of
unliquidated  Contributions.  For  purposes of calculating the Free Withdrawal
amount  and  the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, amounts withdrawn as a Free
Withdrawal  are  not  considered  a  liquidation  of  contributions.    If the
Systematic  Withdrawal Option is selected, the once a Contract Year limitation
is  waived  if  there  have  been no other Free Withdrawals during the current
Contract  Year.    (See  "Charges  and  Deductions  - Deduction for Contingent
Deferred  Sales  Charge"  and  the  "Appendix.")  Withdrawals of income may be
subject  to a ten percent (10%) federal income tax penalty if the Owner is not
59 1/2 years old at the time of the withdrawal.

Each Valuation Period, the Company deducts a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
from the Separate Account which is equal, on an annual basis, to 1.25%  of the
average  daily  net  asset value of each Sub-Account of the Separate Account. 
This  Charge  compensates  the  Company for assuming the mortality and expense
risks  under  the  Contracts.    (See  "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge.")

Each  Valuation  Period,  the  Company  deducts a Distribution Charge from the
Separate  Account  which  is equal, on an annual basis, to .10% of the average
daily  net  asset  value  of  each  Sub-Account of the Separate Account.  This
Charge  compensates the Company for the costs associated with the distribution
of  the  Contracts.  (See "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Distribution
Charge.")

Each  Valuation  Period, the Company deducts an Administrative Charge from the
Separate  Account  which  is equal, on an annual basis, to .15% of the average
daily  net  asset  value  of  each Sub-Account  of the Separate Account.  This
Charge compensates the Company for costs associated with the administration of
the  Contracts  and  the  Separate  Account.    (See "Charges and Deductions -
Deduction for Administrative Charge.")

On  each  Contract  Anniversary,  the  Company  deducts a Contract Maintenance
Charge  of  $36  from  the Contract Value by subtracting values from the Fixed
Account  and/or  by  cancelling  Accumulation  Units  from  each  applicable
Sub-Account.    However, during the Accumulation Period, if the Contract Value
in  the  Separate Account and the Fixed Account on the Contract Anniversary is
at least $50,000, then no Contract Maintenance Charge is deducted.  If a total
withdrawal is made on other than a Contract Anniversary and the Contract Value
for  the  Valuation  Period  during which the total withdrawal is made is less
than  $50,000,  the  full  Contract Maintenance Charge will be deducted at the
time  of  the  total  withdrawal.   The Charge will be deducted from the Fixed
Account  and  the  Sub-Accounts  in  the  same  proportion  that the amount of
Contract  Value  in  the Fixed Account and each Sub-Account bears to the total
Contract  Value.    During the Annuity Period, the Contract Maintenance Charge
will  be  deducted  pro-rata from Annuity Payments regardless of Contract size
and  will  result  in  a reduction of each Annuity Payment.  (See "Charges and
Deductions - Deduction for Contract Maintenance Charge.")

Under  certain  circumstances,  a  Transfer  Fee may be assessed when an Owner
transfers  Contract  Values  between  Sub-Accounts  or  to  or  from the Fixed
Account.  (See "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Transfer Fee.")

The Company will not deduct Premium Taxes from an Owner's Contributions before
allocating  the  Contributions to the Fixed Account and/or Sub-Accounts of the
Separate Account unless required to pay such taxes under applicable state law.
The  Company's current practice is to pay the Premium Tax due and deduct the
tax  upon  full or partial withdrawals, payment of a death benefit or purchase
of  an  annuity  under  the  Contract.    The  Company  reserves  the right to
discontinue  the  deferral  of  this  tax.    (See  "Charges  and Deductions -
Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes.")

   
There  is a ten percent (10%) federal income tax penalty applied to the income
portion  of  any distribution from the Contracts.  However, the penalty is not
imposed  under  certain  circumstances.  See  "Tax  Status  - Tax Treatment of
Withdrawals  -  Non-Qualified  Contracts"  and "Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -
Qualified  Contracts."  For  a  further  discussion  of  the  taxation  of the
Contracts, see "Tax Status."    

See  "Tax  Status  - Diversification" for a discussion of owner control of the
underlying investments in a variable annuity contract.

Because  of  certain  exemptive  and exclusionary provisions, interests in the
Fixed  Account  are  not  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Fixed  Account is not registered as an investment company under the Investment
Company  Act  of 1940, as amended.  Accordingly, neither the Fixed Account nor
any  interests  therein  are  subject to the provisions of these Acts, and the
Company  has  been  advised  that  the  staff  of  the Securities and Exchange
Commission  has not reviewed the disclosures in the Prospectus relating to the
Fixed  Account.    Disclosures  regarding  the  Fixed Account may, however, be
subject  to  certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities
laws  relating  to  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  statements  made  in
prospectuses.

                          LPLA SEPARATE ACCOUNT ONE
                                  FEE TABLE

CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>                                <C>              <C>

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge                    Charge as a percentage
(see Note 2, page ___)                              of unliquidated
                                   Contract Year    Contribution withdrawn
                                   ---------------  -----------------------

                                   1 year                        7%
                                   2 years                       7%
                                   3 years                       6%
                                   4 years                       5%
                                   5 years                       4%
                                   6 years                       3%
                                   7 years                       2%
                                   8 years or more               0%
</TABLE>



Transfer Fee (see Note 3, page __)   No charge for first 12 transfers in a
                                     Contract Year; thereafter the fee is the
                                     lesser of $20 or 2% of the amount
                                     transferred.

Contract Maintenance Charge          $36 per Contract per Contract Year.
(see Note 4, page __)

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>                                         <C>

SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of average account value)

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge           1.25%
Administrative Charge                        .15%
Distribution Charge                          .10%
                                            -----
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses      1.50%
</TABLE>



LPT VARIABLE INSURANCE SERIES TRUST ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average daily net assets of a Portfolio)

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>                                        <C>          <C>         <C>

                                           Management   Other       Total Annual
                                           Fees         Expenses*   Expenses*    
                                           -----------  ----------  -------------

MAS Value Portfolio (1)                          .875%        .42%          1.29%
MFS Total Return Portfolio (2)                    .75%        .54%          1.29%
Salomon U.S. Quality Bond Portfolio (2)           .55%        .44%           .99%
Strong International Stock Portfolio (3)          .75%        .74%          1.49%
Salomon Money Market Portfolio (2)                .45%        .44%           .89%
Berkeley Smaller Companies Portfolio (2)         1.00%        .39%          1.39%
Lexington Corporate Leaders Portfolio (3)         .65%        .64%          1.29%
Strong Growth Portfolio (3)                       .75%        .54%          1.29%
<FN>


     (1)  LPIMC Insurance Marketing Services, the investment adviser of the Trust
(the  "Adviser"),  has  agreed to waive its entire advisory fee for the Portfolio
for  the  initial  three  months  of the Portfolio's investment operations and to
waive .25% of its advisory fee for the next three months.

     (2)  The Adviser has agreed to waive its advisory fee for the Portfolio for
the initial six months of the Potfolio's investment operations.

     (3)    The Adviser has agreed to waive .25% of its advisory fee for the
Portfolio for the initial six months of the Portfolio's investment operations.
   
     *  The Company has voluntarily agreed through May 1, 1997 to reimburse each
Portfolio for certain expenses (excluding brokerage commissions) in excess of the
amounts  set  forth  above  under  "Total Annual Expenses" for each Portfolio. If
expenses  were  not  reimbursed, the estimated "Other Expenses" and "Total Annual
Expenses"  for the year ending December 31, 1996 would be approximately 1.80% and
2.68%,  respectively  for  the MAS Value Portfolio; 1.65% and 2.40%, respectively
for the MFS Total Return Portfolio; 2.83% and 3.38%, respectively for the Salomon
U.S. Quality Bond  Portfolio;  2.51%  and  3.26%,  respectively  for  the  Strong
International  Stock  Portfolio;  2.83%  and  3.28%, respectively for the Salomon
Money  Market  Portfolio;  1.81% and 2.81%, respectively for the Berkeley Smaller
Companies  Portfolio;  1.74%  and 3.04%, respectively for the Lexington Corporate
Leaders  Portfolio;  and  1.91%  and  2.66%, for the Strong Growth Portfolio. The
Examples below are calculated based upon such expense reimbursement arrangements.
    
</TABLE>



EXAMPLES (See Note 6 below)

An  Owner  would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a
5%  annual  return on assets: (a) if the Contract is surrendered at the end of
each time period; (b) if the Contract is not surrendered or if the Contract is
annuitized.

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>                                    <C>  <C>      <C>

                                           Time     Periods
                                            1 year   3 years
                                           -------  --------

MAS Value Portfolio                    a)  $100.04  $ 154.47
                                       b)  $ 30.04  $  94.47
MFS Total Return Portfolio             a)  $100.04  $ 154.47
                                       b)  $ 30.04  $  94.47
Salomon U.S. Quality Bond Portfolio    a)  $ 96.96  $ 144.78
                                       b)  $ 26.96  $  84.78
Strong International Stock Portfolio   a)  $102.09  $ 160.94
                                       b)  $ 32.09  $ 100.94
Salomon Money Market Portfolio         a)  $ 95.94  $ 141.55
                                       b)  $ 25.94  $  81.55
Berkeley Smaller Companies Portfolio   a)  $101.06  $ 157.70
                                       b)  $ 31.06  $  97.70
Lexington Corporate Leaders Portfolio  a)  $100.04  $ 154.47
                                       b)  $ 30.04  $  94.47
Strong Growth Portfolio                a)  $100.04  $ 154.47
                                       b)  $ 30.04  $  94.47
</TABLE>



NOTES TO FEE TABLE AND EXAMPLES

     1.  The purpose of the Fee Table is to assist Owners in understanding the
various  costs  and expenses that an Owner will incur directly or indirectly. 
For  additional  information,  see "Charges and Deductions" in this Prospectus
and the Prospectus for LPT Variable Insurance Series Trust.

     2.    Once  each  Contract  Year, an Owner may withdraw up to 10% of
unliquidated  (which  means  not  previously  surrendered  or  withdrawn)
Contributions  on  a  non-cumulative  basis  without  the  imposition  of  the
Contingent  Deferred  Sales  Charge.   A Free Withdrawal can be made once each
Contract Year unless the Systematic Withdrawal Option is selected. Withdrawals
of  income may be subject to a ten percent (10%) federal income tax penalty if
the Owner is not 59 1/2 at the time of the withdrawal.

     3.  Transfers made at the end of the Right to Examine Contract period and
any  transfers made pursuant to an approved Dollar Cost Averaging Program will
not be counted in determining the application of the Transfer Fee.

     4.  During the Accumulation Period, if the Contract Value on the Contract
Anniversary  is  at  least  $50,000,  then  no  Contract Maintenance Charge is
deducted.   If a total withdrawal is made on other than a Contract Anniversary
and  the  Contract  Value  for  the  Valuation  Period  during which the total
withdrawal  is made is less than $50,000, the full Contract Maintenance Charge
will  be  deducted  at  the  time of the total withdrawal.  During the Annuity
Period, the full charge will be deducted regardless of Contract size.

     5.  Premium Taxes are not reflected.  Premium taxes may apply.  (See
"Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes.")

     6.  The Examples assume an estimated $25,000 Contract Value so that the
Contract  Maintenance  Charge  per  $1,000  of net asset value in the Separate
Account is $1.44.  Such charge would be higher for smaller Contract Values and
lower for higher Contract Values.

     7.  THE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR
FUTURE EXPENSES.  ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.


                                 THE COMPANY

London Pacific Life & Annuity Company (the "Company") was organized in 1927 in
North  Carolina  as  a stock life insurance company.  The Company was acquired
from  Liberty  Life  in  1989  and  was formerly named Southern Life Insurance
Company.

The Company is authorized to sell life insurance and annuities in forty states
and the District of Columbia.  The Company's ultimate parent is London Pacific
Group  Limited,  an  international  fund  management firm chartered in Jersey,
Channel Islands.

                             THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

The  Board  of  Directors  of  the Company adopted a resolution to establish a
segregated  asset account pursuant to North Carolina insurance law on November
21,  1994.    This  segregated asset account has been designated LPLA Separate
Account  One  (the  "Separate  Account").  The Company has caused the Separate
Account to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a unit
investment  trust  pursuant to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of
1940.

The  assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company.  However,
the  assets  of the Separate Account, equal to the reserves and other contract
liabilities  with  respect  to  the  Separate Account, are not chargeable with
liabilities  arising  out  of  any  other  business  the Company may conduct. 
Income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, are, in accordance with the
Contracts,  credited to or charged against the Separate Account without regard
to  other  income,  gains or losses of the Company.  The Company's obligations
arising under the Contracts are general obligations.

The  Separate  Account  meets  the  definition  of  a "separate account" under
federal securities laws.

The  Separate  Account is divided into Sub-Accounts.  Each Sub-Account invests
in  one  Portfolio  of  LPT  Variable  Insurance  Series  Trust.   There is no
assurance that the investment objectives of any of the Portfolios will be met.
  Owners  bear  the  complete investment risk for Contributions allocated to a
Sub-Account.  Contract Values will fluctuate in accordance with the investment
performance  of  the Sub-Accounts to which Contributions are allocated, and in
accordance  with  the  imposition  of  the fees and charges assessed under the
Contracts.

                     LPT VARIABLE INSURANCE SERIES TRUST

LPT Variable Insurance  Series Trust (the "Trust") has been established to act
as  the  funding vehicle for the Contracts offered.  LPIMC Insurance Marketing
Services  (the  "Adviser"),  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company  and a registered
investment  adviser  under  the  Investment  Advisers  Act  of 1940, serves as
investment  adviser  to  the  Trust.    The  Adviser  manages  the  investment
strategies  and  policies  of  the  Portfolios  and  the Trust, subject to the
control  of  the Board of Trustees of the Trust.  The Adviser has entered into
sub-advisory  agreements  with  professional  managers  for  investment of the
assets  of each Portfolio.  The sub-adviser for each Portfolio is listed under
each  Portfolio's  investment  objectives  below.   The Portfolios pay monthly
investment  management  fees  to  the  Adviser,  and  the  Adviser  pays  the
sub-advisers  for  their  services  to  the Portfolios.  The Adviser retains a
management  fee  as  compensation  for  providing  certain  services  to  the
Portfolios  at  an  annual rate of .25% of each Portfolio's net assets for all
Portfolios.    See  "Management  of  the  Trust"  in the Prospectuses for each
Portfolio,  which  accompany  this  Prospectus,  for  additional  information
concerning  the  Adviser  and  the  sub-advisers,  including  a description of
advisory and sub-advisory fees.

The Trust is an open-end, series management investment company.  While a brief
summary  of  the  investment  objectives of the Portfolios is set forth below,
more  comprehensive information, including a discussion of potential risks, is
found  in  the current Prospectuses for the Portfolios which are included with
this  Prospectus.    Additional  Prospectuses  and the Statement of Additional
Information can be obtained by calling or writing the Company.

PURCHASERS SHOULD READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE PROSPECTUSES FOR THE PORTFOLIOS
CAREFULLY BEFORE INVESTING.

The  Trust  is  intended  to  meet  differing  investment  objectives with its
currently available separate Portfolios.

MAS  VALUE  PORTFOLIO : The investment objective of the MAS Value Portfolio is
to  achieve  above-average  total  return over a market cycle of three to five
years,  consistent  with  reasonable  risk, by investing in common stocks with
equity  capitalizations  usually greater than $300 million which are deemed by
the  sub-adviser  to be relatively undervalued, based on various measures such
as  price/earnings ratios and price/book ratios.  While capital return will be
emphasized somewhat more than income return, the Portfolio's total return will
consist  of  both  capital  and  income  returns.    The  sub-adviser for this
Portfolio is Miller Anderson & Sherrerd, LLP.

MFS  TOTAL  RETURN PORTFOLIO : The Portfolio's investment objective is to seek
total  return  by  investing  in  securities  which will provide above-average
income  (compared  to  a portfolio entirely invested in equity securities) and
opportunities  for  growth  of  capital and income consistent with the prudent
employment  of  capital.   Under normal market conditions, at least 25% of the
Portfolio's  assets  will  be invested in fixed income securities and at least
40%  and no more than 75% of the Portfolio's assets will be invested in equity
securities.    The  sub-adviser  for this Portfolio is Massachusetts Financial
Services Company.

SALOMON  U.S. QUALITY BOND PORTFOLIO : The investment objective of the Salomon
U.S.  Quality  Bond Portfolio is to obtain a high level of current income.  It
is  a  diversified  Portfolio  that seeks to attain its objective by investing
primarily  in  debt  obligations  and  mortgage-backed  securities  issued  or
guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities including
collateralized  mortgage obligations backed by such securities.  The Portfolio
may  also  invest  a  portion  of  its  assets in investment grade bonds.  The
sub-adviser for this Portfolio is Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc.
   
STRONG  INTERNATIONAL STOCK PORTFOLIO : The investment objective of the Strong
International  Stock  Portfolio  is  to  seek  capital  growth.  The Portfolio
invests  primarily  in  the  equity  securities of issuers located outside the
United  States.  The Portfolio will invest at least 65% of its total assets in
foreign  equity  securities,  including  common  stocks, preferred stocks, and
securities  that  are  convertible  into  common  or preferred stocks, such as
warrants  and  convertible bonds, that are issued by companies whose principal
headquarters  are  located  outside  the  United  States.  Under normal market
conditions,  the  Portfolio expects to invest at least 90% of its total assets
in  foreign  equity  securities.    The  Portfolio  will  normally  invest  in
securities  of  issuers located in at least five foreign countries.  Investing
in  securities of foreign issuers involves risks not associated with investing
in  securities  of  domestic  issuers.    Purchasers are cautioned to read the
section  entitled  "Implementation  of Policies and Risks - Foreign Securities
and Currencies" in the Trust Prospectus for a discussion of the risks involved
in  foreign  investing.   The sub-adviser for this Portfolio is Strong Capital
Management, Inc.    

SALOMON MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO : The investment objective of the Salomon Money
Market Portfolio is to seek as high a level of current income as is consistent
with  liquidity  and  the  stability  of  principal.  The Portfolio invests in
high-quality,  short-term  U.S.  dollar-denominated  money  market instruments
which  are deemed to mature in thirteen months or less, and is managed so that
the  average  portfolio  maturity  of  all  portfolio  instruments  (on  a
dollar-weighted  basis)  will  not  exceed  90  days.    An investment in this
Portfolio  is  neither insured nor guaranteed by the U.S. Government and there
can  be  no assurance that the Portfolio will be able to maintain a stable net
asset value of $1.00 per share.  The sub-adviser for this Portfolio is Salomon
Brothers Asset Management Inc.

BERKELEY  SMALLER  COMPANIES  PORTFOLIO  :  The  investment  objective  of the
Berkeley Smaller Companies Portfolio is to seek long-term capital appreciation
by  investing  primarily  in equity securities of those smaller companies that
the  sub-adviser  believes  may  be  the  industry  leaders of tomorrow.   The
Portfolio  will select its portfolio investments primarily from among U.S. and
foreign  companies  with individual market capitalizations which would, at the
time  of  purchase, place them in the same size range as companies included in
the  NASDAQ  Composite  Index,  excluding its top 75 companies.  Based on this
policy  and  recent  U.S.  share  prices, the companies in which the Portfolio
invests  typically  will  have  individual market capitalizations of less than
$1.0  billion  ("smaller  companies").    Under  normal market conditions, the
Portfolio  will invest at least 65% of its total assets in smaller companies. 
The sub-adviser for this Portfolio is Berkeley Capital Management.

LEXINGTON  CORPORATE  LEADERS  PORTFOLIO  :  The  investment  objective of the
Lexington  Corporate Leaders Portfolio is to seek long-term capital growth and
income  through  investment  in  the  common stocks of large, well-established
companies.    The Portfolio will seek to maintain an equal number of shares in
each  of  the  companies  in  which  it  invests.   The companies in which the
Portfolio  will  invest  have a large market capitalization (in excess of $1.0
billion),  an  established  history of earnings and dividend payments, a large
number  of  publicly  held shares and high trading volume and a high degree of
liquidity.    The Portfolio's common stock investments will be selected from a
list of 100 "corporate leaders" of commerce and industry, as determined by the
sub-adviser.    The  sub-adviser  for  this  Portfolio is Lexington Management
Corporation.

STRONG  GROWTH  PORTFOLIO  :  The  investment  objective  of the Strong Growth
Portfolio  is  to  seek  capital  growth.   The Portfolio invests primarily in
equity  securities  that  the  sub-adviser  believes have above-average growth
prospects.  Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio will invest at least
65%  of  its  total  assets  in  equity  securities,  including common stocks,
preferred stocks, and securities that are convertible into common or preferred
stocks,  such  as  warrants  and  convertible bonds.  The sub-adviser for this
Portfolio is Strong Capital Management, Inc.

VOTING RIGHTS

In  accordance  with its view of present applicable law, the Company will vote
the  shares  of  the Trust held in the Separate Account at special meetings of
the  shareholders in accordance with instructions received from persons having
the voting interest in the Separate Account.  The Company will vote shares for
which  it has not received instructions, as well as shares attributable to it,
in  the  same  proportion  as  it  votes  shares  for  which  it  has received
instructions. The Trust does not hold regular meetings of shareholders.

The  number of shares which a person has a right to vote will be determined as
of a date to be chosen by the Company not more than sixty (60) days prior to a
shareholder  meeting  of  the Trust.  Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communication at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting.

SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES

If the shares of an Eligible Fund (or any Portfolio within an Eligible Fund or
any  other Eligible Fund or Portfolio), are no longer available for investment
by  the  Separate  Account  or,  if  in the judgment of the Company's Board of
Directors,  further  investment  in  the shares should become inappropriate in
view  of  the purpose of the Contracts, the Company may limit further purchase
of  such shares or may substitute shares of another Eligible Fund or Portfolio
for  shares  already  purchased  under  the  Contracts.    No  substitution of
securities  may  take  place  without  prior  approval  of  the Securities and
Exchange Commission and under the requirements it may impose.

                            CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

Various  charges and deductions are made from the Contract Value, the Separate
Account and the Fixed Account.  These charges and deductions are:

DEDUCTION FOR CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (SALES LOAD)

The Contracts do not provide for a front-end sales charge.  However, if all or
a  portion  of  the  unliquidated Contributions are withdrawn within the first
seven  Contract Years, a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) will be
assessed.    This  charge  reimburses  the  Company  for  expenses incurred in
connection  with  the  promotion, sale and distribution of the Contracts.  The
Contingent  Deferred Sales Charge is based upon the Contract Year in which the
withdrawal  is  made and is applied only to a withdrawal of Contribution.  The
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is as follows:

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



                 Charge as a percentage
                     of unliquidated
Contract Year    Contribution withdrawn
- ---------------  -----------------------
<S>              <C>

1 year                                7%
2 years                               7%
3 years                               6%
4 years                               5%
5 years                               4%
6 years                               3%
7 years                               2%
8 years or more                       0%
</TABLE>



The  Owner  may  make  a  partial  withdrawal  once  each  Contract  Year on a
non-cumulative  basis  without the imposition of the Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge  ("Free  Withdrawal").   The Free Withdrawal amount may be up to 10% of
unliquidated  Contributions.  Unliquidated means not previously surrendered or
withdrawn.    For  purposes  of calculating the Free Withdrawal amount and the
Contingent  Deferred  Sales Charge, amounts withdrawn as a Free Withdrawal are
not  considered  a  liquidation of contributions. If the Systematic Withdrawal
Option  is  selected,  the  once a Contract Year limitation is waived if there
have  been  no  other  Free  Withdrawals  during  the  current Contract Year. 
Systematic  Withdrawals  can  be  made  monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annually or
annually.  See the  "Appendix"  for examples of how the Free Withdrawal amount
and  the  Contingent  Deferred  Sales  Charge are calculated. The value of the
Exchange  Credits  from  the  Exchange  Program  is  not  available  as a Free
Withdrawal  (see  "Contributions  and  Contract  Value  - Exchange Program"). 
Withdrawals  of  income  may  be  subject  to a ten percent federal income tax
penalty if the Owner is not 59 1/2 at the time of the withdrawal.

CONVALESCENT CARE FACILITY/TERMINAL ILLNESS BENEFIT

In  addition,  in  certain  states,  if  an  Owner  has  been  confined  in  a
Convalescent  Care  Facility  for  any  continuous ninety day period or if the
Owner  is  first  diagnosed as having a terminal illness and it is at least 90
days  after  the  Issue Date, an Owner may make a one time withdrawal, free of
the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, which is equal to:

OPTION A:

The lesser of (1) or (2) may be withdrawn:

     1.  the excess, if any, of (a) 50% of the Contract Value, over (b) the
sum  of  any  partial  withdrawals  taken  during  the Contract Year for which
Contingent Deferred Sales Charges were not assessed.

     2.    the  excess,  if  any,  of $50,000 over the sum of any partial
withdrawals taken during the Contract Year for which Contingent Deferred Sales
Charges were not assessed.

The  Option  A  benefit  is  not  applicable  if  the  amount  of unliquidated
Contributions is at or above $500,000.

OPTION B:

The  lesser  of  (1)  or  (2)  may  be applied to a 3 years, or longer, period
certain annuity option:

     1.  the excess, if any, of the Contract Value over the sum of any partial
withdrawals taken during the Contract year for which Contingent Deferred Sales
Charges were not assessed.

     2.    the  excess,  if  any, of $100,000 over the sum of any partial
withdrawals taken during the Contract Year for which Contingent Deferred Sales
Charges were not assessed.

The  Option  B  benefit  is  not  applicable  if  the  amount  of unliquidated
Contributions is at or above $1,000,000.

REDUCTION OR ELIMINATION OF THE CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE

The  amount  of  the  Contingent  Deferred  Sales  Charge  may  be  reduced or
eliminated  when  sales of the Contracts are made to individuals or to a group
of  individuals  in  a  manner  that results in savings of sales expenses. The
entitlement  to  a  reduction  of the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be
determined  by  the Company after examination of all the relevant factors such
as:

     1.  The size and type of group to which sales are to be made will be
considered.    Generally,  the sales expenses for a larger group are less than
for  a  smaller  group  because  of  the ability to implement large numbers of
Contracts with fewer sales contacts.

     2.  The total amount of Contributions to be received will be considered. 
Per Contract sales expenses are likely to be less on larger Contributions than
on smaller ones.

     3.    Any  prior  or  existing  relationship  with the Company will be
considered.  Per Contract sales expenses are likely to be less when there is a
prior  existing  relationship  because  of  the likelihood of implementing the
Contract with fewer sales contacts.

     4.    There  may be other circumstances, of which the Company is not
presently aware, which could result in reduced sales expenses.

If,  after consideration of the foregoing factors, the Company determines that
there  will  be  reduction  in  sales expenses, the  Company may provide for a
reduction or elimination of the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.

The  Contingent Deferred Sales Charge may be eliminated when the Contracts are
issued  to  an  officer,  director  or  employee  of the Company or any of its
affiliates.    In  no  event  will reductions or elimination of the Contingent
Deferred  Sales  Charge  be  permitted where reductions or elimination will be
unfairly discriminatory to any person.

DEDUCTION FOR MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

Each Valuation Period, the Company deducts a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
from  the  Separate  Account  which  is  equal,  on  an annual basis, to 1.25%
(consisting  of approximately .25% for mortality risks and approximately 1.00%
for expense risks) of the average daily net asset value of each Sub-Account of
the  Separate  Account.  The mortality risks assumed by the Company arise from
its  contractual  obligation  to  make Annuity Payments after the Annuity Date
(determined  in  accordance  with  the  Annuity  Option  chosen  by the Owner)
regardless  of  how  long  all  Annuitants  live. This assures that neither an
Annuitant's  own longevity, nor an improvement in life expectancy greater than
that  anticipated in the mortality tables, will have any adverse effect on the
Annuity  Payments  the Annuitant will receive under the Contract. Further, the
Company  bears  a  mortality  risk  in that it guarantees the annuity purchase
rates  for  the Annuity Options under the Contract whether for a Fixed Annuity
or  a Variable Annuity.  Also, the Company bears a mortality risk with respect
to the death benefit and with respect to the waiver of the Contingent Deferred
Sales  Charge  if Contributions have been held in the Contract less than eight
(8)  years.    The  expense  risk  assumed  by  the Company is that all actual
expenses  involved  in  administering  the  Contracts,  including  Contract
maintenance costs, administrative costs, mailing costs, data processing costs,
legal  fees,  accounting fees, filing fees and the costs of other services may
exceed  the  amount  recovered  from  the  Contract Maintenance Charge and the
Administrative Charge.

If  the  Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to cover the actual
costs,  the  loss  will  be  borne  by the Company.  Conversely, if the amount
deducted  proves  more  than  sufficient,  the  excess will be a profit to the
Company.  The Company expects a profit from this charge.

The  Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the Company and cannot
be increased.

To  the  extent  that  the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is insufficient to
cover  the  actual  costs  of  distribution,  the  Company  may use any of its
corporate  assets,  including  potential  profit  which  may  arise  from  the
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to provide for any difference.

DEDUCTION FOR ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE

Each  Valuation  Period, the Company deducts an Administrative Charge from the
Separate  Account  which  is equal, on an annual basis, to .15% of the average
daily  net  asset  value  of  each  Sub-Account of the Separate Account.  This
charge,  together  with  the  Contract  Maintenance  Charge (see below), is to
reimburse  the  Company  for  the  expenses it incurs in the establishment and
maintenance  of  the  Contracts  and  the  Separate  Account.   These expenses
include, but are not limited to:  preparation of the Contracts, confirmations,
annual  reports  and  statements, maintenance of Owner records, maintenance of
Separate  Account records, administrative personnel costs, mailing costs, data
processing costs, legal fees, accounting fees, filing fees, the costs of other
services  necessary  for  Owner  servicing  and  all  accounting,  valuation,
regulatory  and  reporting  requirements.  Since this charge is an asset-based
charge,  the  amount  of  the charge attributable to a particular Contract may
have  no  relationship  to  the administrative costs actually incurred by that
Contract.    The  Company  does  not  intend to profit from this charge.  This
charge  will  be  reduced  to  the extent that the amount of this charge is in
excess  of  that  necessary  to  reimburse  the Company for its administrative
expenses.    Should this charge prove to be insufficient, the Company will not
increase this charge and will incur the loss.

DEDUCTION FOR DISTRIBUTION CHARGE

Each  Valuation  Period,  the  Company  deducts a Distribution Charge from the
Separate  Account  which  is equal, on an annual basis, to .10% of the average
daily  net  asset  value  of  each  Sub-Account of the Separate Account.  This
charge  compensates the Company for the costs associated with the distribution
of  the  Contracts.   The Company does not intend to profit from this charge. 
This  charge  will  be  reduced to the extent that amount of this charge is in
excess  of  that  necessary  to  reimburse  the  Company  for  its  costs  of
distribution.    Should this charge prove to be insufficient, the Company will
not  increase this charge and will incur the loss. The staff of the Securities
and Exchange Commission deems the Distribution Charge to constitute a deferred
sales charge.

DEDUCTION FOR CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE

On  each  Contract  Anniversary,  the  Company  deducts a Contract Maintenance
Charge  from  the  Contract Value by subtracting values from the Fixed Account
and/or  by  cancelling  Accumulation Units from each applicable Sub-Account to
reimburse  it  for  expenses  relating  to  maintenance  of the Contracts. The
Contract  Maintenance Charge is $36.00 each Contract Year. However, during the
Accumulation  Period,  if  the  Contract Value in the Separate Account and the
Fixed  Account  on  the  Contract  Anniversary  is  at  least $50,000, then no
Contract  Maintenance  Charge  is  deducted.  If a total withdrawal is made on
other  than  a  Contract  Anniversary and the Contract Value for the Valuation
Period  during  which  the  total withdrawal is made is less than $50,000, the
full  Contract  Maintenance  Charge  will be deducted at the time of the total
withdrawal.    During the Annuity Period, the Contract Maintenance Charge will
be  deducted from Annuity Payments regardless of Contract size and will result
in  a reduction of each Annuity Payment.  The Contract Maintenance Charge will
be  deducted  from  the  Fixed  Account  and  the Sub-Accounts in the Separate
Account  in the same proportion that the amount of Contract Value in the Fixed
Account  and  each Sub-Account bears to the total Contract Value.  The Company
has  set  this  charge at a level so that, when considered in conjunction with
the  Administrative  Charge  (see  above),  it will not make a profit from the
charges assessed for administration.

DEDUCTION FOR TRANSFER FEE

An  Owner may transfer all or part of the Owner's interest in a Sub-Account or
the Fixed Account (subject to Fixed Account provisions) without the imposition
of  any  fee  or charge if there have been no more than 12 transfers made in a
Contract  Year.    A transfer made at the end of the Right to Examine Contract
period from the Salomon Money Market Sub-Account will not count in determining
the  application of the Transfer Fee.  If more than twelve transfers have been
made in a Contract Year, the Company will deduct a Transfer Fee which is equal
to  the  lesser  of  $20  or  2%  of  the amount transferred.  If the Owner is
participating  in  an  approved  Dollar Cost Averaging program, such transfers
currently  are not counted toward the number of transfers for the year and are
not taken into account in determining any Transfer Fee.

DEDUCTION FOR PREMIUM AND OTHER TAXES

Any  taxes,  including  any  Premium  Taxes,  paid  to any governmental entity
relating  to  the Contract may be deducted from the  Contributions or Contract
Value when incurred.  The Company will, in its sole discretion, determine when
taxes  have resulted from:  the investment experience of the Separate Account;
receipt  by  the  Company  of  the  Contributions;  or commencement of Annuity
Payments.    The  Company  may, at its sole discretion, pay taxes when due and
deduct  that  amount  from  the Contract Value at a later date.  Payment at an
earlier  date  does not waive any right the Company may have to deduct amounts
at  a  later date.  The Company's current practice is to pay any Premium Taxes
when  incurred and deduct the tax upon full or partial withdrawals, payment of
a  death  benefit  or  purchase of an annuity under the Contract.  The Company
reserves  the  right  to  discontinue  the deferral of Premium Taxes.  Premium
taxes generally range from 0% to 4%.

While  the Company is not currently maintaining a provision for federal income
taxes with respect to the Separate Account, the Company has reserved the right
to  establish  a  provision  for  income  taxes  if it determines, in its sole
discretion,  that  it  will  incur  a  tax as a result of the operation of the
Separate Account.  The Company will deduct for any income taxes incurred by it
as  a result of the operation of the Separate Account whether or not there was
a provision for taxes and whether or not it was sufficient.

The Company will deduct any withholding taxes required by applicable law.

DEDUCTION FOR EXPENSES OF THE TRUST

There  are  other deductions from and expenses (including management fees paid
to  the  Adviser and other expenses) paid out of the assets of the Trust which
are described in the Prospectuses for the Portfolios of the Trust.

                                THE CONTRACTS

OWNER

The Owner has all interest and rights to amounts held in his or her Contract. 
The Owner is the person designated as such on the Issue Date, unless changed.

The  Owner  may change owners of the Contract at any time prior to the Annuity
Date  by  Written  Request.    A change of Owner will automatically revoke any
prior  designation  of  Owner. The change will become effective as of the date
the  Written  Request is signed.  A new designation of Owner will not apply to
any  payment  made  or  action  taken  by the Company prior to the time it was
received.
   
For Non-Qualified Contracts, in accordance with Code Section 72(u), a deferred
annuity  contract  held by a corporation or other entity that is not a natural
person  is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes.  Income on the
contract  is  treated  as  ordinary  income  received  by the owner during the
taxable  year.    However,  for  purposes  of  Code  Section 72(u), an annuity
contract  held  by  a  trust  or other entity as agent for a natural person is
considered held by a natural person and treated as an annuity contract for tax
purposes.  Tax advice should be sought prior to purchasing a Contract which is
to be owned by a trust or other non-natural person.    

JOINT OWNERS

The  Contract  can  be  owned  by Joint Owners. If Joint Owners are named, any
Joint  Owner  must  be the spouse of the other Owner. Upon the death of either
Owner,  the  surviving  Joint Owner will be the Primary Beneficiary. Any other
Beneficiary  designation  will  be  treated as a Contingent Beneficiary unless
otherwise  indicated  in a Written Request.  Unless otherwise specified in the
application  for  the Contract, if there are Joint Owners both signatures will
be  required  for  all  Owner transactions except telephone transfers.  If the
telephone  transfer option is elected and there are Joint Owners, either Joint
Owner can give telephone instructions.

ANNUITANT

The  Annuitant  is  the  person on whose life Annuity Payments are based.  The
Annuitant  is  the  person  designated  by the Owner at the Issue Date, unless
changed  prior  to  the  Annuity  Date.  The Annuitant may not be changed in a
Contract  which  is owned by a non-natural person.  Any change of Annuitant is
subject to the Company's underwriting rules then in effect.

ASSIGNMENT

A  Written  Request specifying the terms of an assignment of the Contract must
be  provided  to  the  Annuity  Service  Center.  Until the Written Request is
received, the Company will not be required to take notice of or be responsible
for  any  transfer  of  interest  in the Contract by assignment, agreement, or
otherwise.

The  Company  will  not be responsible for the validity or tax consequences of
any assignment. Any assignment made after the death benefit has become payable
will be valid only with the Company's consent.

If the Contract is assigned, the Owner's rights may only be exercised with the
consent of the assignee of record.

If  the  Contract  is  issued  pursuant  to  a  retirement plan which receives
favorable  tax  treatment  under the provisions of Section 408 of the Code, it
may  not  be  assigned,  pledged  or  otherwise  transferred except as  may be
allowed under applicable law.

                       CONTRIBUTIONS AND CONTRACT VALUE

CONTRIBUTIONS

The  initial  Contribution  is  due  on  the  Issue  Date. The minimum initial
Contribution  is  $10,000  (except  for  Individual  Retirement Annuities, the
minimum  initial Contribution is $1,000).  The minimum subsequent Contribution
is  $1,000,  or  if  the periodic investment plan option is elected $100.  The
maximum  total  Contributions the Company will accept without Company approval
is  $1,000,000,  except for issue Ages greater than 75 years old for which the
maximum  total  Contributions are $500,000.  The Company reserves the right to
reject any Contribution or Contract.

ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS

Contributions  are  allocated  to  the  Fixed  Account  and/or  to one or more
Sub-Accounts of the Separate Account in accordance with the selections made by
the  Owner.   The allocation of the initial Contribution is made in accordance
with  the  selection  made  by  the Owner at the Issue Date.  Unless otherwise
changed  by  the  Owner,  subsequent  Contributions  are allocated in the same
manner  as the initial Contribution. Allocation of the Contribution is subject
to  the  terms  and conditions imposed by the Company.  There are currently no
limitations  on  the number of Sub-Accounts that can be selected by an Owner. 
Allocations  must  be in whole percentages with a minimum allocation of 10% of
each  Contribution or transfer, unless the Contribution is being made pursuant
to  an  approved  Dollar Cost Averaging program.  Under certain circumstances,
the  Company  will  allocate initial Contributions to the Salomon Money Market
Sub-Account  until the expiration of the Right to Examine Contract period (see
"Highlights").

For  initial  Contributions,  if the forms required to issue a Contract are in
good  order,  the  Company will apply the Contribution to the Separate Account
and  credit  the  Contract with Accumulation Units and/or to the Fixed Account
and credit the Contract with dollars within two business days of receipt.

In  addition to the underwriting requirements of the Company, good order means
that  the  Company  has  received  federal  funds (monies credited to a bank's
account  with  its  regional  Federal Reserve Bank).  If the forms required to
issue  a  Contract are not in good order, the Company will attempt to get them
in good order or the Company will return the forms and the Contribution within
five  business  days.    The Company will not retain the Contribution for more
than  five  business days while processing incomplete forms unless it has been
so authorized by the purchaser. For subsequent Contributions, the Company will
apply  Contributions  to  the  Separate  Account  and credit the Contract with
Accumulation  Units  and/or  to the Fixed Account and credit the Contract with
dollars  as  of  the end of the Valuation Period during which the Contribution
was received in good order.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING

Dollar  Cost  Averaging  is  a  program which, if elected, permits an Owner to
systematically transfer amounts on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual
basis from the Salomon Money Market Sub-Account, the Salomon U.S. Quality Bond
Portfolio  or  the  Fixed  Account  to  one or more Sub-Accounts.  Dollar Cost
Averaging  may be elected if the Owner's Contract Value is at least $20,000 as
of the Valuation Date Dollar Cost Averaging is elected.  By allocating amounts
on  a  regularly  scheduled basis as opposed to allocating the total amount at
one  particular time, an Owner may be less susceptible to the impact of market
fluctuations.    The  minimum  amount  which  may  be  transferred is $500 per
transfer.    The amount must be a fixed dollar amount.  Transfers to the Fixed
Account  are  not  permitted.  The Company reserves the right, at any time and
without  prior notice to any party, to terminate, suspend or modify its Dollar
Cost Averaging program.

If  selected,  Dollar Cost Averaging must be for at least 12 months.  There is
no  current  charge  for Dollar Cost Averaging.  However, the Company reserves
the  right  to  charge  for Dollar Cost Averaging in the future.  The standard
date of the month for transfers is the date the Owner's request for enrollment
in  the  program  is  received  and  processed  by  the Company and subsequent
monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual  or  annual anniversaries of that date.  The
Owner  may  specify  a  different  future date. Transfers made pursuant to the
Dollar  Cost  Averaging  program are not taken into account in determining any
Transfer Fee.

CONTRACT VALUE

The  Contract  Value for any Valuation Period is the sum of the Contract Value
in  each of the Sub-Accounts of the Separate Account and the Contract Value in
the Fixed Account.

The  Contract  Value in a Sub-Account of the Separate Account is determined by
multiplying  the  number of Accumulation Units allocated to the Sub-Account by
the Accumulation Unit value.

EXCHANGE PROGRAM

The  Company  reserves  the  right to offer an exchange program (the "Exchange
Program")  which  is  available  only  to  purchasers who exchange an existing
contract  issued  by another insurance company not affiliated with the Company
(an "Exchange Contract") for a Contract offered by this Prospectus.  As of the
date  of  this  Prospectus,  the  Company is making such a program available. 
However,  the  Company reserves the right to modify, suspend, or terminate the
Exchange Programs at any time or from time to time without notice.  If such an
Exchange  Program  is  in  effect,  it  will apply to all such exchanges for a
Contract.

The  Exchange  Program  is  available only where permitted by law to owners of
insurance  or  annuity contracts.  A currently owned annuity or life insurance
policy  (either fixed or variable) may be exchanged for a Contract pursuant to
Section 1035 of the Code, or where applicable, may qualify for a "rollover" or
transfer  to  a  Contract pursuant to other sections of the Code.   Purchasers
should  carefully  evaluate whether the Exchange Program offers benefits which
are more favorable than if the Owner continued to hold the Exchange Contract. 
Factors  to  consider include, but are not limited to: (a) the amount, if any,
of the surrender charges under the Exchange Contract, which can be ascertained
from  the  insurance company which issued the contract; (b) the time remaining
under  the  Exchange  Contract  during  which surrender charges apply; (c) the
on-going  charges,  if  any,  under  the Exchange Contract versus the on-going
charges under the Contract; (d) the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge under the
Contract;  (e)  the  amount  and timing of any benefits under such an Exchange
Program;  and  (f) the potentially greater cost to the Owner if the Contingent
Deferred  Sales Charge on the Contract or the surrender charge on the Exchange
Contract  exceeds  the  benefits  under  such  an Exchange Program.  While the
Company  knows  of  no  adverse federal income tax consequences, Owners should
consult  with  their  own  tax  advisor  as to the tax consequences of such an
exchange.

Under  the  currently  available  Exchange  Program,  the Company adds certain
amounts  to the Contract Value as exchange credits ("Exchange Credits").  Such
Exchange  Credits  are credited by the Company on behalf of Owners of Exchange
Contracts  with  funds  from  the  Company's  General  Account.   Subject to a
specified  limit  (the  "Exchange Credit Limit") discussed below, the Exchange
Credits  equal  the  surrender  charge  paid,  if  any, to the other insurance
company.  The Exchange Program is subject to the following rules:

     (1)  The Company does not add Exchange Credits unless it receives in
writing,  not  later  than  30  days after the issue of the Contract, evidence
satisfactory to the Company:

          (a) of the surrender charge, if any, paid by the Owner to surrender
the Exchange Contract and the amount of any such charge; and

          (b) that the Owner acknowledges that he or she is aware that the
Contingent  Deferred  Sales Charge under the Contract will be assessed in full
against  any  subsequent  surrender  or  partial withdrawal to the extent then
applicable.

     (2)  The Company allocates the Exchange Credits to the Contract Value 30
days  after  a  Contract  is  issued  (40  days  after a Contract is issued in
California  if  the  purchaser is 60 years of age or older).  The ratio of the
Exchange  Credits  to  be added to the Fixed Account is the ratio between such
Fixed  Account  and  the Contribution on the date the Contract is issued.  The
Exchange  Credits,  if  any,  to  be  allocated  to  the  Separate Account are
pro-rated  among the Sub-Accounts based on the ratio of the Contract Values in
the  Sub-Accounts  30  days  after  the  Contract  is  issued (40 days after a
Contract  is  issued  in  California  if  the  purchaser is 60 years of age or
older).  The allocations are made as follows:

          (a) for  Fixed  Account  allocations: once  any  applicable Exchange
Credits  are  allocated,  interest  is credited as if the Exchange Credits had
been allocated as of the Issue Date.

          (b)  for  allocations  to  any  Sub-Accounts: the  Company  adds
Accumulation  Units  at  the  Accumulation  Unit  Value  for  the  designated
Sub-Accounts as of the Valuation Period of such addition.

     (3)  The value  of  the Exchange Credits as of the date of the allocation
to  the  Sub-Accounts  equals  the  lesser of the Exchange Credit Limit or the
surrender charge paid to surrender the Exchange Contract.  The Exchange Credit
Limit currently is 5% of the net amount payable upon surrender of the Exchange
Contract.    It  is not based on any other Contribution.  The Company reserves
the  right  at  any  time  and  from  time to time to increase or decrease the
Exchange  Credit  Limit.   However, the Exchange Credit Limit in effect at any
time will apply to all purchases qualifying for the Exchange Program.

     (4)    The  value of  the  Exchange  Credits  is  not available as a Free
Withdrawal  (see  "Charges  and Deductions - Deduction for Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge").

     (5)  The Company does not consider additional  amounts  credited  to  the
Contract  Value  under  the  Exchange Program to be an increase in the Owner's
investment in the Contract.

ACCUMULATION UNITS

Accumulation  Units  will  be  used to account for all amounts allocated to or
withdrawn  from  the  Sub-Accounts  of  the  Separate  Account  as a result of
Contributions,  withdrawals,  transfers, or fees and charges. The Company will
determine  the  number  of  Accumulation  Units  of a Sub-Account purchased or
cancelled.  This  will  be  done  by  dividing the amount allocated to (or the
amount withdrawn from) the Sub-Account by the dollar value of one Accumulation
Unit of the Sub-Account as of the end of the Valuation Period during which the
request for the transaction is received at the Annuity Service Center.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

The Accumulation Unit Value for each Sub-Account was arbitrarily set initially
at  $10.    The  Accumulation  Unit  Value  for each Sub-Account for any later
Valuation  Period  is  determined by subtracting (2) from (1) and dividing the
result by (3) where:

     1.  is the result of:

         a.  the assets of the Sub-Account attributable to Accumulation Units;
             plus or minus

         b.  the cumulative charge or credit for taxes reserved which is
             determined by the Company to have resulted from the operation
             of the Sub-Account.

     2.  is the cumulative unpaid charge for the Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge, for the Administrative Charge and for the Distribution Charge.

     3.    is  the  number  of Accumulation Units outstanding at the end of
theValuation Period.

The  Accumulation Unit Value may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
Valuation Period.

                                  TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD

Subject    to any limitation imposed by the Company on the number of transfers
(currently,  unlimited)  that  can be made during the Accumulation Period, the
Owner  may  transfer all or part of the Contract Value in a Sub-Account or the
Fixed  Account  by Written Request without the imposition of any fee or charge
if  there  have  been  no  more  than the number of free transfers (currently,
twelve).  All transfers are subject to the following:

      1.    If  more than the number of free transfers have been made in a
Contract  Year,  the  Company  will  deduct a Transfer Fee for each subsequent
transfer permitted.  The Transfer Fee is the lesser of $20 or 2% of the amount
transferred.  The Transfer Fee will be deducted from the Contract Value in the
Fixed Account or the Sub-Account from which the transfer is made.  However, if
the  Owner's  entire  Contract  Value in the Fixed Account or a Sub-Account is
being  transferred, the Transfer Fee will be deducted from the amount which is
transferred.    If  the Contract Value is being transferred from more than one
Sub-Account  or  a Sub-Account and the Fixed Account, any Transfer Fee will be
allocated  to  the Fixed Account and to those Sub-Accounts on a pro-rata basis
in proportion to the amount transferred from each.

      2.  The minimum amount which can be transferred is $500 (from (i) one or
multiple  Sub-Accounts  or  (ii)  the Fixed Account if during the Accumulation
Period)  or  the  Owner's  entire  interest  in  the  Sub-Account or the Fixed
Account, if less.  The minimum amount which must remain in a Sub-Account after
a  transfer  is  $500  per  Sub-Account,  or  $0  if  the entire amount in the
Sub-Account  is  transferred.    Transfers made pursuant to an approved Dollar
Cost  Averaging  program  will  not be subject to this limitation. The minimum
amount  which must remain in the Fixed Account after a transfer is $500, or $0
if  the  entire  amount in any Guarantee Period is transferred. Transfers made
from  any  Guarantee  Period  pursuant  to  an  approved Dollar Cost Averaging
Program will not be subject to these limits.

      3.  The Company reserves the right, at any time and without prior notice
to any party, to terminate, suspend or modify the transfer privilege described
above.

Owners can elect to make transfers by telephone. To do so Owners must complete
a Written Request.  The Company will use reasonable procedures to confirm that
instructions  communicated  by  telephone  are  genuine.   If it does not, the
Company  may  be  liable  for  any  losses  due  to unauthorized or fraudulent
instructions.    The  Company may tape record all telephone instructions.  The
Company  will  not be liable for any loss, liability, cost or expense incurred
by  the  Owner  for  acting  in  accordance  with  such telephone instructions
believed  to be genuine.  The telephone transfer privilege may be discontinued
at any time by the Company.

If  there  are  Joint  Owners, unless the Company is informed to the contrary,
telephone instructions will be accepted from either of the Joint Owners.

Neither  the  Separate  Account  nor  the  Trust are designed for professional
market  timing  organizations  or other entities using programmed and frequent
transfers.    A  pattern  of  exchanges  that coincides with a "market timing"
strategy  may be disruptive to a Portfolio.  The Company reserves the right to
restrict the transfer privilege or reject any specific Contribution allocation
request for any person whose transactions seem to follow a timing pattern.

TRANSFERS DURING THE ANNUITY PERIOD

During  the  Annuity Period, the Owner may make transfers, by Written Request,
as follows:

     1.  The Owner may make transfers of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts,
subject  to  any limitations imposed by the Company on the number of transfers
that  can  be  made  during the Annuity Period (currently, unlimited). If more
than  the  number  of  free  transfers  have been made in a Contract Year, the
Company  will  deduct  a Transfer Fee for each subsequent transfer permitted. 
The  Transfer  Fee will be deducted from the amount which is transferred.  The
Transfer Fee is the lesser of $20 or 2% of the amount transferred.

     2.  The Owner may not make a transfer from the Separate Account to the
Fixed  Account.    The Owner may not make a transfer from the Fixed Account to
the Separate Account.

     3.  Transfers between Sub-Accounts will be made by converting the number
of  Annuity  Units  being  transferred  to  the number of Annuity Units of the
Sub-Account to which the transfer is made, so that the next Annuity Payment if
it  were  made  at  that time would be the same amount that it would have been
without  the  transfer.   Thereafter, Annuity Payments will reflect changes in
the value of the new Annuity Units.

     4.  The minimum amount which can be transferred is $500 (from one or
multiple  Sub-Accounts)  or the Owner's entire interest in the Sub-Account, if
less.   The minimum amount which must remain in a Sub-Account after a transfer
is  $500  per  Sub-Account,  or  $0 if the entire amount in the Sub-Account is
transferred.

     5.  The Company reserves the right, at any time and without prior notice
to any party, to terminate, suspend or modify the transfer privilege described
above.

Owners can elect to make transfers by telephone. To do so Owners must complete
a  Written Request. The Company will use reasonable procedures to confirm that
instructions  communicated  by  telephone  are  genuine.   If it does not, the
Company  may  be  liable  for  any  losses  due  to unauthorized or fraudulent
instructions.    The  Company may tape record all telephone instructions.  The
Company  will  not be liable for any loss, liability, cost or expense incurred
by  the  Owner  for  acting  in  accordance  with  such telephone instructions
believed  to be genuine.  The telephone transfer privilege may be discontinued
at any time by the Company.

If  there  are  Joint  Owners, unless the Company is informed to the contrary,
telephone instructions will be accepted from either of the Joint Owners.

                                 WITHDRAWALS

During  the Accumulation Period, the Owner may, upon a Written Request, make a
total or partial withdrawal of the Contract Withdrawal Value.

Unless  the  Owner instructs the Company otherwise, a partial  withdrawal will
be  made  from  the Separate Account.  A partial withdrawal will result in the
cancellation  of  Accumulation  Units from each applicable Sub-Account  in the
ratio that the Owner's interest in the Sub-Account bears to the total Contract
Value  allocated  to  the Separate Account.  The Owner must specify by Written
Request in advance which Sub-Account Accumulation Units are to be cancelled if
other than the above method is desired.

A  partial  withdrawal  is  taken first from the Contract Withdrawal Value for
which  the  Free  Withdrawal  provision  applies  and  then  from the Contract
Withdrawal  Value  for  which  the Contigent Deferred Sales Charge applies.  A
partial withdrawal from the Fixed Account is made for a Contract with multiple
Contributions  during  the  Guarantee  Period  by  a  withdrawal  from  the
Contribution with the most recent Effective Date.

The  Company  will  pay the amount of any withdrawal from the Separate Account
within  seven  (7)  days  of  receipt  of  a  request in good order unless the
Suspension or Deferral of Payments provision is in effect.

Each partial withdrawal must be for at least $500.  The minimum Contract Value
which must remain in the Contract after a partial withdrawal is the greater of
(i)  $2,000;  or (ii) 150% of the applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
The  minimum Contract Value which must remain in a Sub-Account after a partial
withdrawal is $500.  The minimum Contract Value which must remain in the Fixed
Account after a partial withdrawal is $500.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL OPTION

The  Company  permits a systematic withdrawal option which enables an Owner to
pre-authorize  a  periodic  exercise  of  the  contractual  withdrawal  rights
described above.  The Systematic Withdrawal Option is available if the Owner's
Contract  Value  is  at  least $20,000 as of the Valuation Date this option is
requested.  The Owner or the Company may terminate systematic withdrawals upon
30  days'  prior  written notice.  There is currently no charge for systematic
withdrawals.  However, the Company reserves the right to charge for systematic
withdrawals  in  the  future.   The total permitted systematic withdrawal in a
Contract  Year  is  limited  to  not  more  than  10%  of  the  unliquidated
Contributions  as  of  the  immediately  preceding Contract Anniversary or, if
during  the  first  Contract  Year, the Issue Date.  The Systematic Withdrawal
Option can be exercised at any time, including during the first Contract Year.
The exercise of the Systematic Withdrawal Option in any Contract Year replaces
the  Free  Withdrawal amount which is allowable once per Contract Year without
incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.

Systematic  withdrawal is available for Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts.
Certain  tax  penalties  and  restrictions may apply to systematic withdrawals
from  the  Contracts.  (See  "Tax  Status  -  Tax  Treatment  of Withdrawals -
Qualified  Contracts"  and  "Tax  Status  -  Tax  Treatment  of  Withdrawals -
Non-Qualified  Contracts.")   Owners entering into such a program instruct the
Company  to withdraw an amount specified as a percentage of  the Contribution,
or  a  percentage  of Contract Value, or in dollars on a monthly, quarterly or
semi-annual  basis.    The minimum withdrawal amount is $100 per payment.  The
standard date of the month for withdrawals is the date the Owner's request for
enrollment  in  the  program  is  received  and  processed by the Company, and
subsequent  monthly  (or  the payment schedule selected) anniversaries of that
date.  The Owner may specify a different future date.

SUSPENSION OR DEFERRAL OF PAYMENTS

The  Company  reserves  the  right  to  suspend  or postpone payments from the
Separate Account for a withdrawal or transfer for any period when:

     1.  The New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend
and holiday closings);

     2.  Trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;

     3.  An emergency exists as a result of which disposal of securities held
in  the Separate Account is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably
practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's net assets; or

     4.  During any other period when the Securities and Exchange Commission,
by  order,  so  permits for the protection of Owners; provided that applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission will govern as
to whether the conditions described in (2) and (3) exist.

The Company further reserves the right to postpone payment for a withdrawal or
transfer from the Fixed Account for a period of up to six months.

                          PROCEEDS PAYABLE ON DEATH

DEATH OF OWNER DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD

Upon  the death of the Owner or any Joint Owner prior to the Annuity Date, the
death  benefit  will  be paid to the Beneficiary(ies) designated by the Owner.
Upon  the  death  of a Joint Owner, the surviving Joint Owner, if any, will be
treated  as  the  primary  Beneficiary.   Any other Beneficiary designation on
record at the time of death will be treated as a contingent Beneficiary.

A  Beneficiary  may  request  that  the death benefit be paid under one of the
Death  Benefit  Options  described below.  If the Beneficiary is the spouse of
the  Owner  he  or  she may elect to continue the Contract at the then current
Contract  Value  in  his  or  her own name and exercise all the Owner's rights
under the Contract.

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD

Prior  to  the  Owner,  or the oldest Joint Owner, attaining Age 75, the death
benefit during the Accumulation Period will be the greater of:

     1.  The Adjusted Contributions; or

     2.  The Contract Value determined as of the end of the Valuation Period
during which the Company receives at its Annuity Service Center both due proof
of death and an election of the payment method; or

     3.  The Contract Value on the most recent seven year Contract Anniversary
or  the  Adjusted  Contributions  as  of  the  most recent seven year Contract
Anniversary,  whichever  is  greater.  This amount is increased for subsequent
Contributions  and  reduced  for  subsequent  partial  withdrawals in the same
proportion that the Contract Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal.

After  the  Owner,  or  the  oldest  Joint  Owner,  attains  Age 75 but before
attaining  Age  85,  the  death benefit during the Accumulation Period will be
determined  in accordance with the above and will be subject to any applicable
Contingent  Deferred  Sales Charge determined at the time the death benefit is
paid.

After  the Owner, or the oldest Joint Owner, attains Age 85, the death benefit
during the Accumulation Period will be the Contract Value determined as of the
end  of  the Valuation Period during which the Company receives both due proof
of  death  an  election for the payment method, less any applicable Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge determined at the time the death benefit is paid.

Adjusted  Contributions  are  equal  to the initial Contribution increased for
subsequent Contributions and reduced for subsequent partial withdrawals in the
same  proportion  that  the  Contract  Value  was  reduced  on the date of the
withdrawal.

In  certain  states, the  death  benefit  during  the  Accumulation Period
will  be  the Contract Value determined as of the end of the Valuation Period
during  which  the  Company  receives  both  due proof of death and an
election  for the payment method less any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge determined at the time the death benefit is paid.

Owners  should  refer  to  their  Contract  for  the  applicable Death Benefit
provision.

See the "Appendix" for examples of how the death benefit is calculated.

DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD

A non-spousal Beneficiary must elect the death benefit to be paid under one of
the  following  options  in  the  event  of  the death of the Owner during the
Accumulation Period:

     OPTION 1  -  lump sum payment of the death benefit; or

     OPTION 2  -  the payment of the entire death benefit within 5 years of
the date of the death of the Owner;  or

     OPTION 3  -  payment of the death benefit under an Annuity Option over
the lifetime of the Beneficiary or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy  of  the Beneficiary with distribution beginning within one year of
the date of death of the Owner or any Joint Owner.

Any portion of the death benefit not applied under Option 3 within one year of
the  date  of  the Owner's death, must be distributed within five years of the
date of death.

A  spousal  Beneficiary  may  elect to continue the Contract in his or her own
name at the then current Contract Value, elect a lump sum payment of the death
benefit or apply the death benefit to an Annuity Option.

If  a  lump sum payment is requested, the amount will be paid within seven (7)
days  of  receipt of proof of death and the election, unless the Suspension or
Deferral of Payments provision is in effect.

Payment  to  the  Beneficiary,  other  than in a lump sum, may only be elected
during  the  sixty-day  period  beginning with the date of receipt of proof of
death.

DEATH OF OWNER DURING THE ANNUITY PERIOD

If  the  Owner  or  a  Joint  Owner, who is not the Annuitant, dies during the
Annuity  Period,  any remaining payments under the Annuity Option elected will
continue at least as rapidly as under  the method of distribution in effect at
such Owner's death. Upon the death of the Owner during the Annuity Period, the
Beneficiary becomes the Owner.

DEATH OF ANNUITANT

Upon the death of the Annuitant, who is not the Owner, during the Accumulation
Period,  the  Owner  may  designate  a new Annuitant, subject to the Company's
underwriting  rules  then in effect.  If no designation is made within 30 days
of  the  death  of the Annuitant, the Owner will become the Annuitant.  If the
Owner  is  a non-natural person, the death of the Annuitant will be treated as
the death of the Owner and a new Annuitant may not be designated.

Upon  the death of the Annuitant during the Annuity Period, the death benefit,
if  any,  will  be  as specified in the Annuity Option elected. Death benefits
will be paid at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect
at the Annuitant's death.

PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT

The Company will require due proof of death before any death benefit is paid. 
Due proof of death will be:

     1.  a certified death certificate;

     2.  a certified decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the
finding of death; or

     3.  any other proof satisfactory to the Company.

All  death  benefits  will  be  paid  in  accordance  with  applicable  law or
regulations governing death benefit payments.

BENEFICIARY

The  Beneficiary designation in effect on the Issue Date will remain in effect
until  changed. The Beneficiary is entitled to receive the benefits to be paid
at  the  death  of  the Owner.  Unless the Owner provides otherwise, the death
benefit will be paid in equal shares to the survivor(s) as follows:

     1.  to the Primary Beneficiary(ies) who survive the Owner's and/or the
Annuitant's death, as applicable; or if there are none

     2.  to the Contingent Beneficiary(ies) who survive the Owner's and/or the
Annuitant's death, as applicable; or if there are none

     3.  to the estate of the Owner.

CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY

Subject  to  the  rights  of  any  irrevocable Beneficiary(ies), the Owner may
change the Primary Beneficiary(ies) or Contingent Beneficiary(ies). Any change
must  be  made by Written Request.  The change will take effect as of the date
the  Written Request is signed. The Company will not be liable for any payment
made or action taken before it records the change.

                              ANNUITY PROVISIONS

GENERAL

On  the  Annuity  Date,  the Adjusted Contract Value will be applied under the
Annuity Option selected by the Owner.  Annuity Payments may be made on a fixed
or variable basis or both.

ANNUITY DATE

The Annuity Date is selected by the Owner on the Issue Date.  The Annuity Date
must be the first day of a calendar month and must be at least one month after
the  Issue  Date.    The Annuity Date may not be later than when the Annuitant
reaches  attained Age 85 or 10 years after the Issue Date for issue Ages after
Age 75.

Prior  to  the  Annuity  Date, the Owner, subject to the above, may change the
Annuity  Date by Written Request.  Any change must be requested at least seven
(7) days prior to the new Annuity Date.

SELECTION OR CHANGE OF AN ANNUITY OPTION

An Annuity Option is selected by the Owner at the time the Contract is issued.

Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner can change the Annuity Option selected
by  Written  Request.    Any  change must be requested at least seven (7) days
prior to the Annuity Date.

FREQUENCY AND AMOUNT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Annuity  Payments  are  paid  in  monthly installments.  The Adjusted Contract
Value is applied to the Annuity Table for the Annuity Option selected.  If the
Adjusted  Contract  Value  to  be applied under an Annuity Option is less than
$2,000,  the  Company reserves the right to make a lump sum payment in lieu of
Annuity  Payments.    If the Annuity Payment would be or become less than $200
where  only  a  Fixed Annuity Payment or a Variable Annuity is selected, or if
the  Annuity  Payment  would  be or become less than $100 on each basis when a
combination  of  Fixed  and  Variable Annuities are selected, the Company will
reduce  the  frequency  of  payments  to an interval which will result in each
payment  being  at least $200, or $100 on each basis if a combination of Fixed
and Variable Annuities is selected.

ANNUITY

If the Owner selects a Fixed Annuity, the Adjusted Contract Value is allocated
to the Fixed Account and the Annuity is paid as a Fixed Annuity.  If the Owner
selects  a  Variable Annuity, the Adjusted Contract Value will be allocated to
the Sub-Accounts of the Separate Account in accordance with the selection made
by  the  Owner,  and the Annuity will be paid as a Variable Annuity. The Owner
can also select a combination of a Fixed and Variable Annuity and the Adjusted
Contract    Value  will  be  allocated accordingly. Unless the Owner specifies
otherwise, the payee of the Annuity Payments shall be the Owner.

The  Adjusted  Contract  Value will be applied to the applicable Annuity Table
contained in the Contract based upon the Annuity Option selected by the Owner.

FIXED ANNUITY

The  Owner  may elect to have the Adjusted Contract Value applied to provide a
Fixed  Annuity.    The  dollar  amount  of  each Fixed Annuity Payment will be
determined  in  accordance with Annuity Tables contained in the Contract which
are  based on the minimum guaranteed interest rate of 3% per year.  The dollar
amount of each Fixed Annuity Payment will be reduced by the applicable portion
of  the Contract Maintenance Charge.  After the initial Fixed Annuity Payment,
the  payments  will  not change regardless of investment, mortality or expense
experience.

VARIABLE ANNUITY

Variable  Annuity  Payments reflect the investment performance of the Separate
Account  in  accordance  with the allocation of the Adjusted Contract Value to
the Sub-Accounts during the Annuity Period.  Variable Annuity payments are not
guaranteed as to dollar amount.
       
ANNUITY OPTIONS

The  following  Annuity  Options or any other Annuity Option acceptable to the
Company may be selected:

     OPTION A. LIFE ANNUITY :  Monthly Annuity Payments during the life of the
Annuitant.

     OPTION  B. LIFE ANNUITY WITH PERIOD CERTAIN  OF 120 MONTHS:  Monthly
Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and in any event for one
hundred  twenty  (120) months.  If the Beneficiary does not desire payments to
continue  for the remainder of the period certain, he or she may elect to have
the  present  value  of the guaranteed annuity payments remaining commuted and
paid in a lump sum.

     OPTION C. JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY :  Monthly Annuity  Payments payable
during  the  joint  lifetime  of  the Annuitant and a Joint Annuitant and then
during the lifetime of the survivor at 66 2/3%.

     OPTION D. PERIOD CERTAIN :  Monthly payments will be made for a specified
period.    The  specified period must be at least ten (10) years and cannot be
more  than  thirty  (30)  years.    If  the  Owner does not desire payments to
continue for the remainder of the selected period, he or she may elect to have
the  present  value  of  the  remaining  payments to be made from the Separate
Account  commuted  and paid in a lump sum or as an Annuity Option purchased at
the date of such election.

Annuity  Options  A,  B,  C  and  D  are available on a Fixed Annuity basis, a
Variable  Annuity basis or a combination of both.  Election of a Fixed Annuity
or  a  Variable  Annuity must be made no later than fifteen (15) days prior to
the  Annuity  Date.  If  no  election is made as between a Fixed Annuity and a
Variable Annuity, the Variable Annuity will be the default option.

                                 DISTRIBUTOR

London  Pacific  Financial  and  Insurance  Services is the distributor of the
Contracts.  London Pacific Financial and Insurance Services is registered as a
broker-dealer  with  the Securities and Exchange Commission and is a member of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.  London Pacific Financial
and Insurance Services is an affiliate of the Company.

Commissions  will  be  paid  to  broker-dealers  who  sell  the  Contracts.  
Broker-dealers  will  be  paid commissions, up to an amount currently equal to
6.25%  of  Contributions,  for promotional or distribution expenses associated
with the marketing of the Contracts.

                           PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

SALOMON MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT

From  time  to  time,  the  Salomon  Money  Market Sub-Account of the Separate
Account  may  advertise its "current yield" and "effective yield."  Both yield
figures  are  based  on  historical  earnings and are not intended to indicate
future  performance.    The  "current  yield"  of  the  Salomon  Money  Market
Sub-Account  refers  to the income generated by Contract Values in the Salomon
Money  Market  Sub-Account  over  a  seven-day  period  ending  on the date of
calculation  (which  period will be stated in the advertisement).  This income
is  "annualized."    That is, the amount of income generated by the investment
during  that  week  is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week period
and is shown as a percentage of the Contract Value in the Salomon Money Market
Sub-Account.    The  "effective yield" is calculated similarly.  However, when
annualized,  the income earned by Contract Value is assumed to be reinvested. 
This  results in the "effective yield" being slightly higher than the "current
yield"  because  of  the  compounding effect of the assumed reinvestment.  The
yield  figure  will  reflect  the deduction of any asset-based charges and any
applicable  Contract Maintenance Charge.

OTHER SUB-ACCOUNTS

From  time to time, the Company may advertise performance data for the various
other  Sub-Accounts  under  the  Contract.  Such data will show the percentage
change  in  the  value  of an Accumulation Unit based on the performance of an
investment  medium  over a period of time, usually a calendar year, determined
by dividing the increase (decrease) in value for that Unit by the Accumulation
Unit  value  at  the  beginning  of  the  period.  This percentage figure will
reflect  the deduction of any asset-based charges and any applicable  Contract
Maintenance Charges under the Contracts.

Any  advertisement  will  also  include  total  return  figures  calculated as
described  in  the  Statement  of  Additional  Information.   The total return
figures  reflect  the deduction of any applicable Contract Maintenance Charge,
as well as any asset-based charges.

The  Company  has  decided to make available yield information with respect to
some  of  the  Sub-Accounts.    Such  yield  information will be calculated as
described  in  the Statement of Additional Information.  The yield information
will  reflect  the  deduction of any applicable Contract Maintenance Charge as
well as any asset-based charges.

The  Company  may  also  show  historical  Accumulation Unit values in certain
advertisements containing illustrations.  These illustrations will be based on
actual Accumulation Unit values.

In  addition,  the  Company may distribute sales literature which compares the
percentage  change  in  Accumulation  Unit  values for any of the Sub-Accounts
against established market indices such as the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite
Stock  Price  Index,  the  Dow  Jones  Industrial  Average or other management
investment  companies  which  have  investment  objectives  similar  to  the
underlying  Portfolio  being  compared.    The Standard & Poor's 500 Composite
Stock  Price  Index  is  an  unmanaged,  unweighted average of 500 stocks, the
majority  of  which  are listed on the New York Stock Exchange.  The Dow Jones
Industrial  Average  is  an  unmanaged,  weighted  average of thirty blue chip
industrial  corporations  listed  on  the  New  York Stock Exchange.  Both the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index and the Dow Jones Industrial
Average assume quarterly reinvestment of dividends.

In  addition,  the  Company  may,  as  appropriate, compare each Sub-Account's
performance  to  that  of  other  types of investments such as certificates of
deposit, savings accounts and U.S. Treasuries, or to certain interest rate and
inflation indices, such as the Consumer Price Index, which is published by the
U.S.  Department  of Labor and measures the average change in prices over time
of  a  fixed "market basket" of certain specified goods and services.  Similar
comparisons  of  Sub-Account  performance  may  also  be made with appropriate
indices  measuring  the  performance  of  a defined group of securities widely
recognized by investors as representing a particular segment of the securities
markets.    For example, Sub-Account performance may be compared with Donoghue
Money  Market  Institutional  Averages  (money  market rates), Lehman Brothers
Corporate  Bond  Index  (corporate  bond  interest  rates)  or Lehman Brothers
Government Bond Index (long-term U.S. Government obligation interest rates).

The  Company  may  also  distribute  sales  literature  which  compares  the
performance  of  the  Accumulation Unit values of the Contracts issued through
the Separate Account with the unit values of variable annuities issued through
the  separate accounts of other insurance companies.  Such information will be
derived  from  the  Lipper  Variable  Insurance  Products Performance Analysis
Service, the VARDS Report or from Morningstar.

The Lipper  Variable  Insurance Products Performance Analysis Service is 
published by  Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc., a publisher of statistical
data which currently  tracks  the  performance of almost 4,000 investment 
companies.  The rankings  compiled  by  Lipper  may  or  may  not  reflect the
deduction  of asset-based insurance charges.  The Company's sales literature 
utilizing these rankings  will indicate whether or not such charges have been
deducted.  Where the charges have not been deducted, the sales literature will
indicate that if the charges had been deducted, the ranking might have been 
lower.

The  VARDS  Report is a monthly variable annuity industry analysis compiled by
Variable Annuity Research & Data Service of Georgia and published by Financial
Planning  Resources,  Inc.    The  VARDS  rankings  may or may not reflect the
deduction  of  asset-based insurance charges.  Where the charges have not been
deducted,  the  sales  literature  will  indicate that if the charges had been
deducted, the rankings might have been lower.

Morningstar  rates  a  variable  annuity  Sub-Account  against  its peers with
similar investment objectives.  Morningstar does not rate any Sub-Account that
has  less  than three years of performance data.  The Morningstar rankings may
or  may  not  reflect  the  deduction  of charges. Where charges have not been
deducted,  the  sales  literature  will  indicate that if the charges had been
deducted, the rankings might have been lower.

                                  TAX STATUS

GENERAL

NOTE:   THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION IS BASED UPON THE COMPANY'S UNDERSTANDING OF
CURRENT  FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX  LAW  APPLICABLE  TO  ANNUITIES IN GENERAL.  THE
COMPANY  CANNOT  PREDICT THE PROBABILITY THAT ANY CHANGES IN SUCH LAWS WILL BE
MADE.    PURCHASERS  ARE  CAUTIONED TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE REGARDING THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH CHANGES.  THE COMPANY DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF
THE  CONTRACTS.   PURCHASERS BEAR THE COMPLETE RISK THAT THE CONTRACTS MAY NOT
BE TREATED AS "ANNUITY CONTRACTS" UNDER FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS.  IT SHOULD BE
FURTHER  UNDERSTOOD  THAT  THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE AND THAT
SPECIAL  RULES  NOT  DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS MAY BE APPLICABLE IN CERTAIN
SITUATIONS.    MOREOVER,  NO  ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO CONSIDER ANY APPLICABLE
STATE OR OTHER TAX LAWS.

Section  72 of the Code governs taxation of annuities in general.  An owner is
not  taxed  on increases in the value of a Contract until distribution occurs,
either  in  the  form  of  a lump sum payment or as annuity payments under the
Annuity  Option  selected.    For  a  lump  sum  payment  received  as a total
withdrawal  (total  surrender),  the  recipient is taxed on the portion of the
payment  that  exceeds  the  cost  basis  of  the Contract.  For Non-Qualified
Contracts,  this  cost  basis  is  generally  the purchase payments, while for
Qualified  Contracts  there  may be no cost basis.  The taxable portion of the
lump sum payment is taxed at ordinary income tax rates.

For  annuity  payments,  a  portion  of each payment in excess of an exclusion
amount  is  includible  in  taxable income.  The exclusion amount for payments
based  on  a  Fixed Annuity Option is determined by multiplying the payment by
the ratio that the cost basis of the Contract (adjusted for any period certain
or  refund  feature)  bears  to  the expected return under the Contract.   The
exclusion amount for payments based on a Variable Annuity Option is determined
by dividing the cost basis of the Contract (adjusted for any period certain or
refund  feature)  by the number of years over which the annuity is expected to
be  paid.  Payments  received  after  the  investment in the Contract has been
recovered  (i.e. when the total of the excludible amounts equal the investment
in  the Contract) are fully taxable.  The taxable portion is taxed at ordinary
income  tax  rates.  For certain types of Qualified Plans there may be no cost
basis  in  the Contract within the meaning of Section 72 of the Code.  Owners,
Annuitants  and  Beneficiaries  under  the  Contracts  should  seek  competent
financial advice about the tax consequences of any distributions.

The  Company is taxed as a life insurance company under the Code.  For federal
income  tax  purposes,  the Separate Account is not a separate entity from the
Company and its operations form a part of the Company.

DIVERSIFICATION

Section  817(h)  of  the Code imposes certain diversification standards on the
underlying  assets  of  variable  annuity contracts.  The Code provides that a
variable  annuity  contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any
period  (and  any  subsequent  period)  for  which the investments are not, in
accordance  with  regulations  prescribed  by  the  United  States  Treasury
Department  ("Treasury Department"), adequately diversified.  Disqualification
of  the  Contract as an annuity contract would result in imposition of federal
income  tax  to  the  Contract Owner with respect to earnings allocable to the
Contract  prior  to  the  receipt  of  payments  under the Contract.  The Code
contains a safe harbor provision which provides that annuity contracts such as
the  Contracts meet the diversification requirements if, as of the end of each
quarter,  the  underlying  assets  meet  the  diversification  standards for a
regulated  investment company and no more than fifty-five percent (55%) of the
total  assets  consist  of  cash,  cash  items, U.S. Government securities and
securities of other regulated investment companies.

On  March  2,  1989,  the  Treasury Department issued Regulations (Treas. Reg.
1.817-5),  which  established  diversification requirements for the investment
portfolios  underlying  variable  contracts  such  as  the  Contracts.    The
Regulations  amplify  the  diversification requirements for variable contracts
set  forth in the Code and provide an alternative to the safe harbor provision
described  above.    Under  the  Regulations,  an investment portfolio will be
deemed  adequately  diversified  if:  (1) no more than 55% of the value of the
total  assets  of  the  portfolio is represented by any one investment; (2) no
more than 70% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio is represented
by  any two investments; (3) no more than 80% of the value of the total assets
of the portfolio is represented by any three investments; and (4) no more than
90%  of  the  value of the total assets of the portfolio is represented by any
four investments.

The  Code  provides  that,  for  purposes  of  determining  whether or not the
diversification  standards  imposed  on  the  underlying  assets  of  variable
contracts  by  Section  817(h)  of the Code have been met, "each United States
government agency or instrumentality shall be treated as a separate issuer."

The  Company  intends  that all Portfolios of the Trust will be managed by the
Adviser  and  Sub-Advisers  for  the  Trust in such a manner as to comply with
these diversification requirements.

The  Treasury Department has indicated that the diversification Regulations do
not provide guidance regarding the circumstances in which Owner control of the
investments  of the Separate Account will cause the Owner to be treated as the
owner  of the assets of the Separate Account, thereby resulting in the loss of
favorable  tax  treatment  for  the  Contract.    At  this  time  it cannot be
determined whether additional guidance will be provided and what standards may
be contained in such guidance.

The  amount  of  Owner  control  which  may be exercised under the Contract is
different  in some respects from the situations addressed in published rulings
issued  by  the  Internal Revenue Service in which it was held that the policy
owner  was not the owner of the assets of the separate account.  It is unknown
whether  these  differences,  such  as  the  Owner's ability to transfer among
investment  choices  or  the  number and type of investment choices available,
would  cause  the  Owner  to  be  considered as the owner of the assets of the
Separate  Account  resulting  in  the  imposition of federal income tax to the
Owner  with  respect to earnings allocable to the Contract prior to receipt of
payments under the Contract.

In  the  event any forthcoming guidance or ruling is considered to set forth a
new  position,  such  guidance  or  ruling  will  generally  be  applied  only
prospectively.   However, if such ruling or guidance was not considered to set
forth  a  new position, it may be applied retroactively resulting in the Owner
being  retroactively  determined to be the owner of the assets of the Separate
Account.

Due  to the uncertainty in this area, the Company reserves the right to modify
the Contract in an attempt to maintain favorable tax treatment.

   CONTRACTS OWNED BY OTHER THAN NATURAL PERSONS

Under  Section 72(u) of the Code, the investment earnings on Contributions for
the  Contracts  will  be  taxed  currently  to  the  Owner  if  the Owner is a
non-natural  person,  e.g.,  a  corporation,  or  certain other entities. Such
Contracts  generally  will  not be treated as annuities for federal income tax
purposes.  However, this treatment is not applied to Contracts held by a trust
or  other  entity  as  agent  for  a  natural  person nor to Contracts held by
Qualified  Plans.  Purchasers  should  consult  their  own  tax adviser before
purchasing a Contract to be owned by a non-natural person.    

MULTIPLE CONTRACTS

The  Code  provides  that  multiple  non-qualified annuity contracts which are
issued within a calendar year to the same contract owner by one company or its
affiliates are treated as one annuity contract for purposes of determining the
tax  consequences  of  any distribution.  Such treatment may result in adverse
tax consequences including more rapid taxation of the distributed amounts from
such  combination  of contracts.  Owners should consult a tax adviser prior to
purchasing more than one non-qualified annuity contract in any calendar year.

TAX TREATMENT OF ASSIGNMENTS

An  assignment  or pledge of a Contract may be a taxable event.  Owners should
therefore  consult competent tax advisers should they wish to assign or pledge
their Contracts.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

All  distributions  or  the  portion  thereof which is includible in the gross
income of the Owner are subject to federal income tax withholding.  Generally,
amounts  are  withheld from periodic payments at the same rate as wages and at
the  rate  of  10%  from  non-periodic  payments.  However, the Owner, in most
cases,  may  elect not to have taxes withheld or to have withholding done at a
different rate.
   
Effective  January  1,  1993,  certain  distributions  from  retirement  plans
qualified  under  Section  401  or  Section  403(b) of the Code, which are not
directly  rolled  over  to  another  eligible  retirement  plan  or individual
retirement  generally account or individual retirement annuity, are subject to
a  mandatory  20%  withholding  for  federal  income tax.  The 20% withholding
requirement  generally  does  not apply to: a) a series of substantially equal
payments  made  at  least  annually  for  the  life  or life expectancy of the
participant  or  joint  and  last survivor expectancy of the participant and a
designated beneficiary; or distributions for a specified period of 10 years or
more;  or b) distributions which are required minimum distributions; or c) the
portion  of  the distributions not includible in gross income (i.e. returns of
after-tax  contributions).  Participants under such plans should consult their
own tax counsel or other tax advisor regarding withholding requirements.    

TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS - NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

Section  72  of  the  Code  governs  treatment  of  distributions from annuity
contracts.    It  provides  that  if  the Contract Value exceeds the aggregate
purchase  payments  made, any amount withdrawn will be treated as coming first
from  the  earnings  and  then, only after the income portion is exhausted, as
coming from the principal.  Withdrawn earnings are includible in gross income.
 It further provides that a ten percent (10%) penalty will apply to the income
portion  of  any distribution.  However, the penalty is not imposed on amounts
received:  (a)  after  the taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death of
the  Owner;  (c)  if  the  taxpayer  is  totally  disabled  (for  this purpose
disability  is as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (d) in a series of
substantially  equal  periodic payments made not less frequently than annually
for  the  life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer or for the joint lives (or
joint life expectancies) of the taxpayer and his or her Beneficiary; (e) under
an  immediate  annuity;  or  (f) which are allocable to purchase payments made
prior to August 14, 1982.

The  above  information  does  not  apply  to  Qualified  Contracts.  However,
separate tax withdrawal penalties and restrictions may apply to such Qualified
Contracts.  (See "Tax Treatment of Withdrawals - Qualified Contracts," below.)

QUALIFIED PLANS

The  Contracts  offered  by  this  Prospectus  may  also  be used as Qualified
Contracts.    Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries are cautioned that benefits
under  a  Qualified Contract may be subject to the terms and conditions of the
plan  regardless  of the terms and conditions of the Contracts issued pursuant
to  the  plan.    The  following  discussion  of  Qualified  Contracts  is not
exhaustive  and  is  for  general  informational purposes only.  The tax rules
regarding  Qualified  Contracts  are  very  complex  and  will  have differing
applications  depending on individual facts and circumstances.  Each purchaser
should obtain competent tax advice prior to purchasing Qualified Contracts.

Qualified Contracts include special provisions restricting Contract provisions
that  may  otherwise be available as described in this Prospectus.  Generally,
Qualified  Contracts  are  not  transferable  except  upon  surrender  or
annuitization.

On  July  6, 1983, the Supreme Court decided in ARIZONA GOVERNING COMMITTEE V.
NORRIS  that  optional  annuity benefits provided under an employer's deferred
compensation  plan could not, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964,
vary  between  men and women.  Qualified Contracts will utilize annuity tables
which do not differentiate on the basis of sex.  Such annuity tables will also
be  available  for  use  in  connection  with  certain  non-qualified deferred
compensation plans.

Section  408(b)  of  the Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to an
individual  retirement  program  known  as  an "Individual Retirement Annuity"
("IRA").   Under applicable limitations, certain amounts may be contributed to
an  IRA  which  will  be deductible from the individual's gross income.  These
IRAs are subject to limitations on eligibility, contributions, transferability
and  distributions.  (See "Tax Treatment of Withdrawals - Qualified Contracts"
below.)    Under  certain  conditions, distributions from other IRAs and other
Qualified Plans may be rolled over or transferred on a tax-deferred basis into
an  IRA.    Sales  of  Contracts  for  use  with  IRAs  are subject to special
requirements  imposed  by  the  Code,  including  the requirement that certain
informational  disclosure  be  given to persons desiring to establish an IRA. 
Purchasers  of  Contracts  to  be qualified as Individual Retirement Annuities
should  obtain competent tax advice as to the tax treatment and suitability of
such an investment.

TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS - QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

In  the  case of a withdrawal under a Qualified Contract, a ratable portion of
the  amount  received  is  taxable,  generally  based  on  the  ratio  of  the
individual's  cost  basis  to the individual's total accrued benefit under the
retirement  plan. Special tax rules may be available for certain distributions
from a Qualified Contract. Section 72(t) of the Code imposes a 10% penalty tax
on  the  taxable  portion of any distribution from qualified retirement plans,
including Contracts issued and qualified under Code Section 408(b) (Individual
Retirement  Annuities).    To  the  extent amounts are not includible in gross
income  because  they  have  been rolled over to an IRA or to another eligible
qualified  plan,  no  tax  penalty  will be imposed.  The tax penalty will not
apply to the following distributions:  (a) if distribution is made on or after
the  date  on which the Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) reaches age 59 1/2;
(b)  distributions following the death or disability of the Owner or Annuitant
(as applicable) (for this purpose disability is as defined in Section 72(m)(7)
of  the  Code); (c) after separation from service, distributions that are part
of  substantially  equal  periodic  payments  made  not  less  frequently than
annually  for  the  life  (or  life  expectancy) of the Owner or Annuitant (as
applicable)  or  the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of such Owner or
Annuitant  (as  applicable)  and  his  or  her  designated  Beneficiary;  (d)
distributions  to an Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) who has separated from
service  after  he has attained age 55; (e) distributions made to the Owner or
Annuitant  (as  applicable) to the extent such distributions do not exceed the
amount  allowable  as  a  deduction  under  Code  Section  213 to the Owner or
Annuitant (as applicable) for amounts paid during the taxable year for medical
care; and (f) distributions made to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified
domestic  relations order.  The exceptions stated in (d), (e) and (f) above do
not  apply  in  the  case  of an Individual Retirement Annuity.  The exception
stated  in  (c)  above applies to an Individual Retirement Annuity without the
requirement that there be a separation from service.

Generally,  distributions  from  a  qualified plan must commence no later than
April 1 of the calendar year, following the year in which the employee attains
age  70  1/2.   Required distributions must be over a period not exceeding the
life  expectancy  of the individual or the joint lives or life expectancies of
the individual and his or her designated beneficiary.  If the required minimum
distributions  are not made, a 50% penalty tax is imposed as to the amount not
distributed.  In addition, distributions in excess of $150,000 per year may be
subject to an additional 15% excise tax unless an exemption applies.

                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
Financial  statements  of  the  Company have been included in the Statement of
Additional  Information.    No Condensed Financial Information or finanical 
statements  for the Separate Account have been included herein because, as of
December 31, 1995, the Separate Account had no assets.    

                              LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Separate Account,
the Distributor or the Company is a party.


                                   APPENDIX

The  purpose  of  the  Examples below is (i) to demonstrate how the Contingent
Deferred  Sales  Charge  is  calculated  and (ii) to demonstrate how the death
benefit is calculated.
WITHDRAWALS AND CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGES
EXAMPLE A - TOTAL WITHDRAWAL IN CONTRACT YEAR TWO
Example A assumes the following:
     (1)    The initial Contribution was $10,000, allocated solely to one
Sub-Account.
     (2)  The date of total withdrawal occurs during the second Contract Year.
     (3)  The Owner's Contract Value at the time of the total withdrawal is
$10,950.
     (4)  No other Contributions or previous withdrawals have been made.
The following applies to this Example:
     (a) Earnings in the Contract are not subject to the Contingent Deferred
Sales  Charge  (CDSC).    Therefore,  $950  ($10,950  - $10,000 = $950) is not
subject to the CDSC.
     (b)  The balance of the total withdrawal of $10,000 is subject to the
CDSC applied during the second year, since the Free Withdrawal amount does not
apply to total withdrawals.
     (c)  The amount of the applicable CDSC is .07 x 10,000 = $700.
     (d)  The amount of the total withdrawal is $10,950 - $700 = $10,250.*
________________________
      * If a total withdrawal is made on other than a Contract Anniversary and
the  Contract Value for the Valuation Period during which the total withdrawal
is made is less than $50,000, the full Contract Maintenance Charge of $36 will
be deducted at the time of the total withdrawal.



EXAMPLE B - PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL IN THE AMOUNT OF $3,000 IN CONTRACT YEAR TWO
This Example is based on the same assumptions as Example A except that in this
Example there is a partial withdrawal for $3,000 in Contract Year Two.
     (a)  In a partial withdrawal, 10% of the unliquidated Contributions may
be  withdrawn as a Free Withdrawal without the imposition of the CDSC. (10,000
x  .10  -  $1,000)    Therefore $1,000 of the $3,000 partial withdrawal is not
subject to the CDSC.
     (b)  For purposes of determining the amount of the CDSC, unliquidated
Contributions are deemed to be withdrawn before earnings in the Contract.
     (c)  The amount of the CDSC is $140 ($2,000 x .07 = $140).
     (d)  In this Example, from the partial withdrawal of $3,000 the Owner
will receive $2,860.
EXAMPLE C - PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWED BY A TOTAL WITHDRAWAL
Example C assumes the following:
     (1)    The initial Contribution was $10,000, allocated solely to one
Sub-Account.
     (2)  The withdrawals occur during the second Contract Year.
     (3)  The Contract Value at the time of the withdrawals is $10,950.
     (4)  The partial withdrawal is for $1,000.
The following applies to the Example:
     (a)   As noted in Example B, the partial withdrawal of $1,000 is not
subject  to the CDSC because of the 10% Free Withdrawal amount of $1,000.  The
remaining Contract Value is $9,950.
     (b)   For purpose of the immediately following total withdrawal, the
original Contribution of $10,000 is used for calculating the CDSC because Free
Withdrawal amounts do not reduce the Contributions for purposes of calculating
the CDSC.
     (c)  The amount of the CDSC is $700 (.07 x $10,000).
     (d)  The amount of the total withdrawal is 9,250 ($9,950 - $700).
NOTE: Withdrawals of income may be subject to a ten percent federal income tax
penalty if the Owner is not 59 1/2 at the time of the withdrawal.
DEATH BENEFIT
EXAMPLE A - OWNER AGE 65 AT DEATH: DIES DURING CONTRACT YEAR TWO
Example A assumes the following:
     (1)  A Contribution of $10,000 was made for the Contract.
     (2)  Owner dies at Age 65 during the second Contract Year.
     (3)  The Contract Value at death was $12,000.
     (4)  No withdrawals have been made.
The following applies to this Example:
     (a)    Adjusted  Contributions  equal  $10,000,  since there were no
withdrawals.
     (b)  No seventh year stepped-up death benefit is available because death
occurred prior to the seventh year Contract Anniversary.
     (c)    Contract Value is $12,000 and therefore greater than Adjusted
Contributions.
     (d)  The death benefit is $12,000.
EXAMPLE B - OWNER AGE 65 AT DEATH; DIES DURING CONTRACT YEAR TWO
This Example is based on the same assumptions as Example A except that in this
Example the Contract Value at death is $9,500.
The following applies to this Example:
     (a)  The Adjusted Contributions are greater than the Contract Value.
     (b)  The death benefit is $10,000.
EXAMPLE C - OWNER AGE 65 AT DEATH; DIES DURING CONTRACT YEAR TEN
Example C assumes the following:
     (1)  A single Contribution of $10,000 was made to the Contract.
     (2)  Owner dies at Age 65 during the tenth Contract Year.
     (3)  The Contract Value on the seventh Contract Anniversary was $18,000.
     (4)  The Contract Value at death was $17,000.
     (5)  A gross withdrawal of $1,500 was made in the sixth Contract Year at
which time the Contract Value was $15,000 before the withdrawal was made.
The following applies to this Example:
     (a)   Adjusted Contributions are equal to $9,000.  (At the time of the
withdrawal  the  Contract  Value  was  reduced  by  10% ($1,500/$15,000 = .10)
therefore,  Adjusted  Contributions  are  reduced by 10% ($10,000 - ($10,000 x
 .10) = $9,000).
     (b)  Contract Value on the seventh Contract Anniversary ($18,000) was
greater  than  that  on the death of Owner ($17,000) and greater than Adjusted
Contributions ($9,000).
     (c)  The death benefit is $18,000.
EXAMPLE D - OWNER AGE 77 AT DEATH; DIES DURING CONTRACT YEAR TWO
This Example is based on the same assumptions as Example A except that in this
Example the Owner is Age 77 at death.
The following applies to this Example:
     (a)  The death benefit is $12,000 less any CDSC applicable at the time
the death benefit or any portion is withdrawn.
     (b)  Any applicable CDSC will be calculated as set forth under Examples
of Withdrawals and Contingent Deferred Sales Charges above.
EXAMPLE E - OWNER AGE 87 AT DEATH; DIES DURING CONTRACT YEAR TWO
This  Example  is  based  on  the same assumptions as Example A except in this
Example the Owner is Age 87 at death.
The following applies to this Example:
     (a)  Since the Owner was beyond Age 85, the death benefit will be limited
to  the  Contract Value less any CDSC applicable at the time the death benefit
or any portion is withdrawn.
     (b)  Any applicable CDSC will be calculated as set forth under Examples
of Withdrawals and Contingent Deferred Sales Charges above.


                           TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
                     STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ITEM                                                                     PAGE

Company..............................................................      3

Experts..............................................................      3

Legal Opinions.......................................................      3

Distributor..........................................................      3

Yield Calculation for the Salomon Money Market Sub-Account...........      3

Performance Information..............................................      4

Annuity Provisions...................................................      6

Financial Statements.................................................      6
























                                 [Back Cover]











                               Distributed by:
                London Pacific Financial & Insurance Services
                          1755 Creekside Oaks Drive
                             Sacramento, CA 95833

                                  Issued by:

                                LONDON PACIFIC
                                LIFE & ANNUITY
                                   COMPANY

                                 Home Office:
                            3109 Poplarwood Court
                        Raleigh, North Carolina 27604
                                (919) 790-2243


                           Annuity Service Center:
                                P.O. Box 29564
                        Raleigh, North Carolina 27626
                                (800) 852-3152




                                    PART B


                     STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

           INDIVIDUAL FIXED AND VARIABLE DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                         WITH FLEXIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS

                                  issued by

                          LPLA SEPARATE ACCOUNT ONE

                                     AND

                    LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY

   
THIS  IS NOT A PROSPECTUS.  THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SHOULD BE
READ  IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 1996, FOR THE INDIVIDUAL
FIXED  AND  VARIABLE  DEFERRED  ANNUITY  CONTRACTS WITH FLEXIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS
WHICH ARE REFERRED TO HEREIN.    

THE  PROSPECTUS  CONCISELY SETS FORTH INFORMATION FOR A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR. 
FOR  A  COPY  OF  THE PROSPECTUS CALL OR WRITE THE COMPANY AT: P.O. BOX 29564,
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27626; (800) 852-3152.



        THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS DATED MAY 1, 1996.    


                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         PAGE

Company.................................................................   3

Experts.................................................................   3

Legal Opinions..........................................................   3

Distributor.............................................................   3

Yield Calculation For Salomon Money Market Sub-Account..................   3

Performance Information.................................................   4

Annuity Provisions......................................................   6

Financial Statements....................................................   6


                                   COMPANY

Information  regarding  London  Pacific Life & Annuity Company (the "Company")
and its ownership is contained in the Prospectus.
   
The  Company  contributed  the initial capital to the Separate Account.  As of
April  1,  1996,  the  initial  capital contributed by the Company represented
approximately  99.2% of the total assets of the Separate Account.  The Company
currently  intends  to  remove these assets from the Separate Account on a pro
rata basis in proportion to money invested in the Separate Account by Owners.
    
                                   EXPERTS
   
The  financial  statements of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, included in
this  Statement of Additional Information have been so included in reliance on
the  report  of  Price  Waterhouse  LLP, independent accountants, given on the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and  accounting.    

                                LEGAL OPINIONS

Legal  matters  in  connection  with  the Contracts described herein are being
passed  upon  by  the law firm of Blazzard, Grodd & Hasenauer, P.C., Westport,
Connecticut.

                                 DISTRIBUTOR

London  Pacific  Financial  and  Insurance  Services  acts as the distributor.
London  Pacific  Financial  and  Insurance  Services  is  an  affiliate of the
Company.  The offering is on a continuous basis.

          YIELD CALCULATION FOR THE SALOMON MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT
   
The  Salomon  Money  Market Sub-Account of the Separate Account will calculate
its current yield based upon the seven days ended on the date of calculation. 
As  of  December  31,  1995,  the  Salomon  Money  Market  Sub-Account had not
commenced operations.    

The current yield of the Salomon Money Market Sub-Account is computed daily by
determining  the  net  change (exclusive of capital changes) in the value of a
hypothetical  pre-existing  Owner account having a balance of one Accumulation
Unit  of  the  Sub-Account  at  the  beginning  of the period, subtracting the
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative Charge, the Distribution
Charge  and  the  Contract  Maintenance Charge, dividing the difference by the
value  of  the Owner account at the beginning of the same period to obtain the
base period return and multiplying the result by (365/7).

The  Salomon Money Market Sub-Account computes its effective compound yield by
determining  the  net  changes (exclusive of capital change) in the value of a
hypothetical  pre-existing  Owner account having a balance of one Accumulation
Unit  of  the  Sub-Account  at  the  beginning  of the period, subtracting the
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative Charge, the Distribution
Charge  and the Contract Maintenance Charge and dividing the difference by the
value  of  the Owner account at the beginning of the base period to obtain the
base  period  return, and then compounding the base period return by adding 1,
raising  the  sum to a power equal to 365 divided by 7, and subtracting 1 from
the  result,  according  to  the  following formula:  Effective Yield = ((Base
Period  Return +1) 365/7)-1.  The current and the effective yields reflect the
reinvestment  of  net  income  earned  daily  on  the  Salomon  Money  Market
Sub-Account's assets.

Net investment income for yield quotation  purposes  will  not  include either
realized capital gains and losses or unrealized appreciation and depreciation,
whether reinvested or not.

The  yields  quoted  should not be considered a representation of the yield of
the  Salomon  Money  Market  Sub-Account  in the future since the yield is not
fixed.  Actual yields will depend not only on the type, quality and maturities
of  the  investments held by the  Salomon Money Market Sub-Account and changes
in  the interest rates on such investments, but also on changes in the Salomon
Money Market Sub-Account's expenses during the period.

Yield  information  may  be useful in reviewing the performance of the Salomon
Money  Market  Sub-Account and for providing a basis for comparison with other
investment alternatives. However, the Salomon Money Market Sub-Account's yield
fluctuates,  unlike  bank  deposits or other investments which typically pay a
fixed yield for a stated period of time.

                           PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

From  time to time, the Company may advertise performance data as described in
the  Prospectus.  Any such advertisement will include total return figures for
the  time  periods  indicated in the advertisement.  Such total return figures
will  reflect  the  deduction  of a 1.25% Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, a
 .15%  Administrative  Charge,  a  .10%  Distribution  Charge,  the  investment
advisory  fee for the underlying Portfolio being advertised and any applicable
Contract Maintenance Charge.

The  hypothetical value of a Contract purchased for the time periods described
in  the advertisement will be determined by using the actual Accumulation Unit
values  for  an  initial $1,000 purchase payment, and deducting any applicable
Contract  Maintenance  Charge to arrive at the ending hypothetical value.  The
average annual total return is then determined by computing the fixed interest
rate  that  a  $1,000 purchase payment would have to earn annually, compounded
annually,  to  grow  to  the hypothetical value at the end of the time periods
described.  The formula used in these calculations is:

                          n
                   P (1+T)   =  ERV

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>      <C>  <C>

    P    =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
    T    =  average annual total return
    n    =  number of years
    ERV  =  ending redeemable value at the end of the time periods used (or
            fractional portion thereof) of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
            made at the beginning of the time periods used.
</TABLE>



In addition to total return data, the Company may include yield information in
its advertisements.  For each Sub-Account (other than the Salomon Money Market
Sub-Account)  for which the Company will advertise yield, it will show a yield
quotation  based  on  a  30 day (or one month) period ended on the date of the
most recent balance sheet of the Separate Account included in the registration
statement,  computed  by  dividing  the net investment income per Accumulation
Unit  earned  during  the period by the maximum offering price per Unit on the
last day of the period, according to the following formula:

                                      6
              Yield  =  2 [ ( a-b + 1)    - 1 ]
                              --
                              cd
 

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>        <C>  <C>

   Where:

           a =  Net investment income earned during the period by the Trust
                attributable to shares owned by the Sub-Account.

           b =  Expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).

           c =  The average daily number of Accumulation Units outstanding
                during the period.

           d =  The maximum offering price per Accumulation Unit on the
                last day of the period.
</TABLE>



The  Company  may  also advertise performance data which will be calculated in
the same manner as described above but which will not reflect the deduction of
any Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.

Owners  should  note  that  the  investment  results  of each Sub-Account will
fluctuate over time, and any presentation of the Sub-Account's total return or
yield  for  any period should not be considered as a representation of what an
investment  may  earn  or  what an Owner's total return or yield may be in any
future period.

                              ANNUITY PROVISIONS

Variable  Annuity  Payments reflect the investment performance of the Separate
Account  in  accordance  with the allocation of the Adjusted Contract Value to
the Sub-Accounts during the Annuity Period.  Annuity Payments also depend upon
the  Age  of  the  Annuitant  and any Joint Annuitant and the assumed interest
factor  utilized.   The Annuity Table used will depend upon the Annuity Option
chosen.    The  dollar amount of Variable Annuity Payments for each applicable
Sub-Account after the first Variable Annuity Payment is determined as follows:

     1.  The dollar amount of the first Variable Annuity Payment is divided by
the value of an Annuity Unit for each applicable Sub-Account as of the Annuity
Date.   This sets the number of Annuity Units for each monthly payment for the
applicable  Sub-Account.  The number of Annuity Units remains fixed during the
Annuity Period.

     2.  The fixed number of Annuity Units per payment in each Sub-Account is
multiplied  by  the  Annuity  Unit  Value  for  that  Sub-Account for the last
Valuation  Period  of  the  month preceding the month for which the payment is
due.    This  result  is  the dollar amount of the payment for each applicable
Sub-Account.

The  total  dollar  amount  of each Variable Annuity Payment is the sum of all
Sub-Account Variable Annuity Payments reduced by the applicable portion of the
Contract Maintenance Charge.

ANNUITY UNIT

The value of any Annuity Unit for each Sub-Account of the Separate Account was
arbitrarily set initially at $10.

The  Sub-Account  Annuity  Unit  Value  at the end of any subsequent Valuation
Period is determined as follows:

     1.    The  Net Investment Factor for the current Valuation Period is
multiplied  by  the  value  of  the  Annuity  Unit for the Sub-Account for the
immediately preceding Valuation Period.  The Net Investment Factor is equal to
the  Accumulation  Unit  Value for the current Valuation Period divided by the
Accumulation Unit Value for the immediately preceding Valuation Period.

     2.  The result in (1)  is then divided by the Assumed Investment Rate
Factor    which equals 1.00 plus the Assumed Investment Rate for the number of
days since the preceding Valuation Date.  The Assumed Investment Rate is equal
to an effective annual rate of 4%.

The value of an Annuity Unit may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
Valuation Period.

(See "Annuity Provisions" in the Prospectus.)

                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  financial  statements of the Company included herein should be considered
only  as bearing upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under
the Contracts.


LONDON PACIFIC LIFE
& ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary
of London Pacific Group
Limited)
STATUTORY BASIS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993

                    London Pacific Life & Annuity Company

         (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

                     Statutory Basis Financial Statements


                 Years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993



                                   CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                          <C>

Report of Independent Accountants............................................ 1

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Statutory Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities, Capital and Surplus.... 3

Statutory Statements of Operations........................................... 4

Statutory Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus....................... 5

Statutory Statements of Cash Flows........................................... 6-7

Notes to Statutory Financial Statements...................................... 8-17

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Report of Independent Accountants' on Supplemental Schedule of
       Assets and Liabilities................................................ 19

Schedule 1 - Supplemental Schedule of Assets and Liabilities................. 20-22
</TABLE>


                     Report of Independent Accountants
                                      
                                      
                                      
 February 8, 1996

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
London Pacific Life & Annuity Company
(A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

  We  have  audited  the accompanying Statutory Statements of Admitted Assets,
Liabilities,  Capital  and Surplus of London Pacific Life & Annuity Company (a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  London Pacific Group Limited) as of December 31,
1995  and 1994, and the related Statutory Statements of Operations, of Changes
in  Capital  and Surplus, and of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the
period  ended  December  31,  1995.    These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility  of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

  We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with generally accepted auditing
standards;  however,  as  discussed  in  the  following paragraph, we were not
engaged to determine or audit the effects on these financial statements of the
variances  between  statutory  accounting  practices  and  generally  accepted
accounting  principles.  Generally accepted auditing standards require that we
plan  and  perform  the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial  statements  are  free  of material misstatement.  An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the  financial  statements.    An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by management, as well as
evaluating  the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  As  described  in Note 1, the Company prepared these financial statements in
conformity  with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance
Department of the State of North Carolina.  When financial statements prepared
in  conformity with accounting practices prescribed by a regulatory agency are
presented  for  purposes  other  than  for  filing with the regulatory agency,
generally accepted auditing standards require that an auditor's report on them
state  whether  they  are  presented  in  conformity  with  generally accepted
accounting  principles.    The  accounting  practices  used  by the Company to
prepare  these  financial  statements  vary from generally accepted accounting
principles as described in Note 2.  The Company has not


To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
 London Pacific Life & Annuity Company
Page 2
February 8, 1996


   We determined  the  effects  on  these  financial statements of the 
variances.  Accordingly,  we  were not engaged to audit, and we did not audit,
the effects on  these  financial statements of the variances.  As the 
financial statements referred  to  above  do  not  purport  to be a 
presentation in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, we
are not in a position to express, and  do  not express, an opinion on the
financial statements referred to above as  to fair presentation of financial
position, results of operations, or cash flows in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. 

  In  our  opinion,  however,  the  financial statements audited by us present
fairly,  in  all  material respects, the admitted assets, liabilities, capital
and  surplus of London Pacific Life & Annuity Company at December 31, 1995 and
1994,  and  the  results  of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three  years in the period ended December 31, 1995, on the basis of accounting
described in Note 1.



/s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
- ------------------------



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF ADMITTED ASSETS, LIABILITIES, CAPITAL AND SURPLUS
___________________________________________________________________________


                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>
                                                                    1995             1994 
                                                          ---------------  ---------------
ASSETS
Investments:
Bonds                                                     $1,057,481,158   $  981,232,212 
Preferred stock                                                9,912,720        9,478,047 
Common stock                                                   1,430,013          575,195 
Short-term investments                                        69,747,096                - 
Policy loans                                                   4,455,976        2,999,312 
                                                          ---------------  ---------------
Total investments                                          1,143,026,963      994,284,766 
Cash                                                           2,664,850       11,790,032 
                                                                           ---------------
Total cash and investments                                 1,145,691,813    1,006,074,798 

Investment income due and accrued                             17,492,346       14,678,500 
Electronic data processing equipment, net                        609,886          895,106 
Federal income tax recoverable                                         -        3,243,665 
Amount due from broker-dealers                                12,527,500                - 
Receivable from affiliates                                     4,608,663           29,011 
Other assets                                                   1,741,100           42,502 
                                                          ---------------  ---------------
Total assets                                              $1,182,671,308   $1,024,963,582 
                                                          ---------------  ---------------

LIABILIITES, CAPITAL AND SURPLUS
Aggregate reserves for life policies and contracts        $1,066,977,854   $  945,045,048 
Policy and contract claims                                       417,570          515,433 
Accrued dividends to policyholders                               527,418          568,672 
Interest maintenance reserve                                  10,376,170        9,887,040 
Federal income taxes payable                                   2,007,817                - 
Remittances and items not allocated                              219,649          652,913 
Asset valuation reserve                                       30,546,857       29,395,572 
Payable to affiliates                                              3,325            9,843 
Amounts due to broker-dealers                                 20,930,752          305,126 
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities       1,053,398        1,262,331 
                                                          ---------------  ---------------
Total liabilities                                          1,133,060,810      987,641,978 
                                                          ---------------  ---------------

Capital and surplus:
Capital stock - $10 par value, 1,000,000 shares
   authorized; 200,000 shares issued and outstanding           2,000,000        2,000,000 
Paid-in and contributed surplus                               48,394,120       46,938,570 
Unassigned deficit                                              (783,622)     (11,616,966)
                                                          ---------------  ---------------
Total capital and surplus                                     49,610,498       37,321,604 
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Total liabilities, capital and surplus                    $1,182,671,308   $1,024,963,582 
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
(A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
___________________________________________________________________________


                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                   1995           1994           1993
                                                           -------------  -------------  ------------
REVENUES
Insurance premiums and annuity
   considerations                                          $203,233,606   $210,373,366   $223,273,108
Net investment income                                        88,960,512     79,812,665     71,063,605
Amortization of interest maintenance reserve                   (185,844)       945,197      1,584,804
Other income                                                      1,255              0        108,980
                                                           -------------  ------------   ------------
Total revenues                                              292,009,529    291,131,228    296,030,497
                                                            ------------  -------------  ------------

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
Policyholder benefits and changes in reserve                256,854,252    256,731,020    258,850,698
Commissions                                                  14,237,877     22,125,145     16,352,492
Other operating expenses                                     10,358,955     10,020,230     10,587,846
                                                           -------------  -------------  ------------
Total benefits and expenses                                 281,451,084    288,876,395    285,791,036
                                                           -------------  -------------  ------------

Gain from operations before dividends to
policyholders, federal income taxes and
net realized capital gains (losses)                          10,558,445      2,254,833     10,239,461

Dividends to policyholders                                    1,007,373        540,513        874,768
                                                           -------------  -------------  ------------

Gains from operations, before federal income taxes
and net realized capital gains (losses)                       9,551,072      1,714,320      9,364,693

Federal income tax expense (benefit) (excluding
tax on capital gains)                                         2,597,127       (961,168)     4,773,674
                                                              -----------     -------------  ------------

Gain from operations before net realized capital
gains (losses)                                                6,953,945      2,675,488      4,591,019


Net realized capital gains (losses), less capital gains
tax of $1,931,162, ($2,174,832) and $8,281,326
and excluding $303,286, $2,316,416 and
3,514,550 transferred to the IMR in 1995, 1994
and 1993, respectively.                                       3,445,440     (6,538,149)    12,560,966
                                                           -------------  -------------  ------------

Net income (loss)                                          $ 10,399,385    ($3,862,661)  $ 17,151,985
                                                           -------------  -------------  ------------
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL AND SURPLUS
___________________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                    <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                   PAID-IN AND
                                       CAPITAL     CONTRIBUTED   UNASSIGNED
                                       STOCK       SURPLUS       SURPLUS       TOTAL
                                       ----------  ------------  ------------  -------------

Balance as of
December 31, 1992                       2,000,000    33,350,173   (3,656,176)    31,693,997 

Net income                                                        17,151,985     17,151,985 

Increase in unrealized capital losses                                (62,299)       (62,299)

Increase in non-admitted assets                                     (316,924)      (316,924)

Increase in asset valuation reserve                             (2,772,404)    (2,772,404)
                                        ---------    ---------- ------------  -------------

Balance as of
December 31, 1993                       2,000,000    33,350,173   10,344,182     45,694,355 

Net loss                                                          (3,862,661)    (3,862,661)

Increase in unrealized capital gains                               1,726,451      1,726,451 

Increase in non-admitted assets                                     (695,915)      (695,915)

Increase in asset valuation reserve                              (19,129,023)   (19,129,023)

Capital contributions                                13,588,397                  13,588,397 
                                        ---------    ------------ -----------    -------------

Balance as of
 December 31, 1994                      2,000,000    46,938,570  (11,616,966)    37,321,604 

Net income                                                        10,399,385     10,399,385 

Increase in unrealized capital gains                                   9,403          9,403 

Decrease in non-admitted assets                                    1,575,841      1,575,841 

Increase in asset valuation reserve                               (1,151,285)    (1,151,285)

Capital contributions                                 1,455,550                   1,455,550 
                                        ----------    ------------ ----------   -------------

Balance as of
  December 31, 1995                    $2,000,000  $ 48,394,120    ($783,622)  $ 49,610,498 
                                       ----------  ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
_______________________________________________________________________________________
 
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

<S>                                           <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                      1995           1994          1993 
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------
CASH PROVIDED BY:
Premiums and annuity considerations
collected                                     $203,233,606   $210,357,865  $223,279,108 
Investment income received (excluding
realized gains/losses and net of investment
expenses)                                       86,134,922     78,892,896    72,466,842 
Other income received                                1,255        226,807     1,222,737 
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------
Total cash provided by operations              289,369,783    289,477,568   296,968,687 
                                               -----------    ------------  -------------

CASH USED FOR:
Life and accident and health claims paid         1,213,526        210,886       700,123 
Surrender benefits and other fund
withdrawals paid                                81,936,665     66,245,808    54,241,658 
Other benefits to policyholders paid            51,869,119     42,541,134    31,564,604 
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------
                                               135,019,310    108,997,828    86,506,385 
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------
Commissions and other expenses paid             24,818,407     28,228,679    26,962,242 
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------
Dividends to policyholders paid                  1,048,627        858,087       623,864 
Federal income taxes (recoverable) paid
(excluding tax on capital gains)                (2,654,355)     7,673,225      (420,256)
Net increase in policy loans                     1,456,664        961,502     1,188,638 
Other operating expenses paid                       95,312      6,220,353     7,920,914 
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------

                                                   (53,752)    15,713,167     9,313,160 
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------
Total cash used for operations                 159,783,965    152,939,674   122,781,787 
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------

Net cash provided by operations                129,585,818    136,537,894   174,186,900 
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------

PROCEEDS FROM INVESTMENTS SOLD, MATURED OR
REPAID:
Bonds                                          193,271,490    346,800,750   574,302,937 
Stocks                                          11,228,210    120,257,956   139,321,860 
Net gain on short-term investments                       -         17,915        29,041 
Other proceeds                                      96,780              -       296,120 
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------

                                               204,596,480    467,076,621   713,949,958 
Tax on capital gains                            (1,931,162)     2,174,832    (8,281,326)
                                              -------------  ------------  -------------
Total investment proceeds                      202,665,318    469,251,453   705,668,632 
</TABLE>

(continued on next page)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

STATUTORY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
________________________________________________________________________________________


                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

<S>                                            <C>           <C>             <C>
                                                       1995           1994           1993
                                               ------------  --------------  ------------

OTHER CASH PROVIDED:
Capital and surplus paid in                       1,455,550     13,588,397              -
Other sources                                    20,941,157     10,238,471        120,868
                                               ------------  --------------  ------------

Total other cash provided                        22,396,707     23,826,868        120,868
                                               ------------  --------------  ------------

Total cash provided                             354,647,843    629,616,215    879,976,400
                                               ------------  --------------  ------------

COST OF INVESTMENTS ACQUIRED:
Bonds                                           268,824,294    602,767,827    659,746,236
Stocks                                            6,872,362    125,375,796    126,378,133
Miscellaneous other                                 575,445      1,562,819         98,962
                                               ------------  --------------  ------------

Total investments acquired                      276,272,101    729,706,422    786,223,331
Other cash applied                               17,753,828        190,351      7,945,316
                                               ------------  --------------  ------------

Total cash applied                              294,025,929    729,896,793    794,168,647
                                               ------------  --------------  ------------

Net change in cash and short-term investments    60,621,914   (100,280,578)    85,807,753

CASH AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS:
Beginning of year                                11,790,032    112,070,610     26,262,857
                                               ------------  --------------  ------------

End of year                                    $ 72,411,946  $  11,790,032   $112,070,610
                                               ------------  --------------  ------------


SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
 Income taxes                                  $  2,524,651  $   5,516,862   $  7,837,097
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

NOTES TO STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
________________________________________________________________________

1.     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     ORGANIZATION

     London Pacific Life & Annuity Company (the Company) is domiciled in North
Carolina  and  is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of The London Pacific Assurance
Group  Limited  (the  Parent),  a  holding company domiciled in the state of
California,  which is ultimately a wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific
Group  Limited  (formerly  Govett  &  Company Limited).  The Company has two
wholly-owned subsidiaries, LPIMC Insurance Marketing Services (the Marketing
Company)  and  London  Pacific  Financial  &  Insurance Services (the Broker
Dealer), an inactive broker-dealer.  The Company is engaged primarily in the
development and marketing of annuity products and universal life insurance. 
Although  the  Company  is licensed and sells its universal life and annuity
products in 40 states, its primary markets are California, Florida, Michigan,
Ohio, Texas and Washington.

     The preparation of financial statements of insurance companies requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in
the  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.    Such  estimates and
assumptions  could  change  in the future as more information becomes known,
which could impact amounts reported and disclosed herein.

     BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity
with  accounting  practices  prescribed  or  permitted by the North Carolina
Department  of  Insurance which is a comprehensive basis of accounting other
than  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.   Significant differences
between  statutory  accounting  principles and generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP) are described in Note 2.

     INVESTMENTS

     Investments  are recorded in accordance with the requirements of the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC).  Bonds not backed by
loans  are  reported  at  cost or amortized cost; the discount or premium on
bonds  is  amortized  using  the  interest  method.   For loan-backed bonds,
anticipated  prepayments are considered when determining the amortization of
discount or premium.  Prepayment assumptions are obtained from dealer surveys
and  are  based  on the current interest rate and economic development.  The
retrospective  adjustment method is used to value all such securities except
for interest-only securities, which are valued using the prospective method. 
Preferred  stocks  are  carried  at  NAIC  Securities Valuation Office (SVO)
values.  Common stocks are reported at market value as determined by the SVO
and  the  related  unrealized  capital gain/(loss) is reported in unassigned
surplus  without  any  adjustment  for  federal income taxes.  The Company's
subsidiaries  are  reported  at  equity in the underlying statutory basis of
their  net  assets.    As  of  December  31, 1995, the carrying value of the
Company's  investment  in subsidiaries was $499,138.  Short-term investments
are carried at cost which approximates market value.

     INTEREST RATE SWAP CONTRACTS

     The Company enters into interest rate swap programs for the purpose of
minimizing  exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.  The notional amount
of  the  single  matched  swap  in  place  at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was
$9,000,000.    The  unexpired term at December 31,1995 was one year and five
months.    During  the  term  of the swap, the net swap settlement amount is
accrued over time as an adjustment to other expense or other income.

     Gains or losses on termination are deferred and amortized as an interest
adjustment  over the remaining life of the underlying financial instrument. 
There  are  no  outstanding matched swaps at a loss position at December 31,
1995  and  1994.    The Company does not act as an intermediary or broker in
interest rate swaps.



 LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

    NOTES  TO  STATUTORY  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                
________________________________________________________________________

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

     ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
 
     Electronic  data  processing  equipment is recorded at cost, net of 
accumulated  depreciation  of $1,511,059 and $1,209,852 at December 31, 1995
and  1994.  Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the
estimated  useful  life  of  five  years.   Depreciation expense amounted to
$346,495, $361,961 and $314,475  for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994
and 1993.

     REMITTANCES AND ITEMS NOT ALLOCATED

     Remittances and items not allocated consist primarily of cash received
with policy applications for policies that have not been issued.

     POLICY AND CONTRACT CLAIMS

     Policy and contract claims of $244,046 and $250,747 related to death
benefits payable on life and annuity contracts have been accrued at December
31, 1995 and 1994.  The remaining policy and contract claims of $173,524 and
$264,686    at  December  31, 1995 and 1994 relate to estimated incurred but
unreported claims on life contracts.

     RECLASSIFICATIONS

     Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' financial
statements to conform to the current year presentation.

2.   DIFFERENCES  BETWEEN  GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES AND

     STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

     Statutory accounting principles vary in some respects from generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  The more significant of these differences
are as follows:

     INVESTMENTS

     Market values of certain investments in bonds and stocks are based on
values  specified  by  the  NAIC,  rather than on values provided by outside
broker confirmations or internally calculated estimates.  For GAAP, 
investments in bonds would be designated at purchase as held-to-maturity,
trading, or available-for-sale.  Held-to-maturity investments would be
reported at amortized cost, and the remaining investments would be reported
at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in 
operations for those designated as trading and as a separate component of 
shareholders' equity for those designated as a available-for-sale.  Realized
gains and losses  are  reported  in  income  net of income tax rather than
on a pretax basis.    The  Asset  Valuation  Reserve is determined by an 
NAIC prescribed formula  and is reported as a liability rather than as a 
valuation allowance or  an  appropriation  of  surplus.    Beginning  in  
1992,  under a formula prescribed by the NAIC, the Company defers the 
portion of realized gains and losses on sales of investments in debt 
securities, attributable to changes in the  general  level of interest
rates and amortizes those deferrals over the remaining period to maturity
based on the individual security sold. 


     SUBSIDIARIES

     The  accounts  and  operations of the Company's subsidiaries are not
consolidated with the accounts and operations of the Company.

     POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS

     The costs of acquiring and renewing business are expensed when incurred
rather than capitalized and amortized over the terms of the related policies.



LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
  (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

NOTES TO STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
___________________________________________________________________________

2. DIFFERENCE  BETWEEN  GENERALLY  ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES AND
   STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
     (CONTINUED)

   NON-ADMITTED ASSETS

   Certain assets designated as "non-admitted," principally furniture and
equipment,  are  excluded  from  the  accompanying  Statutory  Statements of
Admitted Assets, Liabilities, Capital and Surplus and are charged directly to
unassigned surplus.

   PREMIUMS

   Single premium whole life, annuity and flexible premium variable life
insurance  considerations  are  recognized  as  earned  upon issuance of the
contract,  whereas under GAAP, premium income consists of mortality charges,
surrender  charges  earned,  policy  fees  earned  and amounts deducted from
policyholder accounts.

   BENEFIT RESERVES

   Certain policy reserves are calculated based on statutorily required
interest and mortality assumptions rather than estimated expected experience
or actual account balances.

   INCOME TAXES

   Deferred income taxes are generally not provided for differences
between  the  financial  statement  amounts  and the tax bases of assets and
liabilities.

3. ANALYSIS OF ASSETS

   An  analysis of the Company's ledger assets as compared with its net
admitted assets is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1995

<S>                                   <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>
                                      LEDGER          NONLEDGER     ASSETS NOT   NET
                                      ASSETS          ASSETS        ADMITTED     ADMITTED ASSETS
                                      --------------  ------------  -----------  ----------------

Bonds                                 $1,057,607,158                $   126,000  $  1,057,481,158
Preferred stock                            9,972,720     ($60,000)                      9,912,720
Common stock                               1,641,663     (114,209)       97,441         1,430,013
Policy loans                               4,455,976                                    4,455,976
Cash                                       2,664,850                                    2,664,850
Short-term investments                    69,747,096                                   69,747,096
Investment income due and    accrued                   17,492,346                      17,492,346
Electronic data processing
   equipment, net                            609,886                                      609,886
Receivable from affiliates                 4,608,663                                    4,608,663
Furniture and equipment                      245,531                    245,531
Deposits, prepaid expenses and
    other assets                          14,390,754       83,881       206,035        14,268,600
                                      --------------  ------------  -----------  ----------------
                                      $1,165,944,297  $17,402,018   $   675,007  $  1,182,671,308
                                      --------------  ------------  -----------  ----------------
</TABLE>





LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

NOTES TO STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
___________________________________________________________________________

3.     ANALYSIS OF ASSETS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31, 1994

<S>                                <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>
                                   LEDGER          NONLEDGER     ASSETS NOT   NET
                                   ASSETS          ASSETS        ADMITTED     ADMITTED ASSETS
                                   --------------  ------------  -----------  ----------------

Bonds                              $  981,232,212                             $    981,232,212
Preferred stock                         9,562,255     ($84,208)                      9,478,047
Common stock                              720,540     (145,345)                        575,195
Policy loans                            2,999,312                                    2,999,312
Cash                                   11,790,032                                   11,790,032
Investment income due and accrued                   14,678,500                      14,678,500
Electronic data processing
   equipment, net                         895,106                                      895,106
Federal income tax recoverable                       3,243,665                       3,243,665
Furniture and equipment                   267,216                   $267,216
Deposits, prepaid expenses and
    other assets                        1,966,805       42,400     1,937,692            71,513
                                   --------------  ------------  -----------  ----------------
                                   $1,009,433,478  $17,735,012   $ 2,204,908  $  1,024,963,582
                                   --------------  ------------  -----------  ----------------
</TABLE>


4.   RELATED PARTIES

     The Company had material transactions with its parent and affiliated
companies as follows:

     CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     The Company received capital contributions from its parent during the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 totaling $1,455,550, $13,588,397
and  $0,  respectively,  principally  in the form of investments and accrued
interest.   During 1995, the Company made a $575,446 capital contribution to
the Marketing Company in the form of common stock.

     EXPENSES
 
     The Company receives investment advisory services under the terms of an
investment management agreement with Berkeley Institutional Investment, Inc.
(BIII),  an  affiliate of London Pacific Group Limited.  Fees charged to the
Company under the agreement amounted to $5,272,984, $4,401,840 and $3,247,481
during the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.

     Commissions on insurance business produced for the Company by its agents
are paid by the Marketing Company, the master general agent for the Company.
Effective January 1, 1995, the Company directly paid all agents' commissions
via  the  Marketing  Company.  For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994,
and  1993,  the  Company  paid  commissions  of  $14,237,877, $22,125,145 
and $16,352,492, respectively, to the Marketing Company (and the Marketing
Company  paid commissions to agents of approximately $14,237,877, $14,719,474
and $15,988,508, respectively).  The 1994 commission payments to the 
Marketing  Company  include  an amount paid to extinguish the Company's
contingent  commission  liability  related to a marketing agreement that was
terminated on December 31, 1994.

    The Company has payables to affiliates of $3,325 and $9,843 at December
31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, relating to these transactions.





LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

NOTES TO STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
___________________________________________________________________________

4.  RELATED PARTIES (CONTINUED)

    On January 23, 1995, the Company acquired a $5,000,000 corporate bond
from  BG  Services Limited, an affiliate, issued by Two Count Company and on
December 31, 1995, sold a $2,992,058 corporate bond, plus accrued interest of
$243,000,  issued by Orleander Group to BG Services Limited.  The amount due
from  BG  Services  Limited  on  the Orleander Group sale is included in the
receivable from affiliates balance.

5.  FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

    The provision for federal income taxes has been computed in accordance
with provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended.  The Company files
a  separate  federal income tax return and is not included in a consolidated
return with affiliated entities.

    The  Company's  total tax expense differs from an amount computed by
applying the federal income tax of 35 percent to statutory income.  The four
primary items required to reconcile taxable income and statutory income are: 
(1) capitalization of policy acquisition costs, (2) differences in computing
reserves for statutory and tax purposes, (3) differences in statutory and tax
bases  of  assets  sold,  and (4) differences in timing for the deduction of
accrued expenses.

6.  AGGREGATE RESERVES FOR LIFE POLICIES AND CONTRACTS

    Aggregate reserves for life policies and contracts have generally been
computed  using  the  Commissioners'  Reserve Valuation Method (CRVM) or the
Commissioners'  Annuity  Reserve  Valuation  Method  (CARVM)  prescribed
by  the  North  Carolina  Department of Insurance.  The aggregate reserves
for life policies and contracts were computed on a policy-by-policy basis.

    Statutory  reserves for policy benefits due under universal life and
accumulation annuity insurance contracts are computed using the CRVM and the
CARVM,  respectively.   The CRVM and CARVM reserves established for specific
contracts are the greater of a formula reserve or the cash surrender value of
the contract.

    The formula reserves for the universal life policies are computed using
the  1980  Commissioners  Standard Ordinary (CSO) mortality table and a 4.0%
discount  rate.    These  assumptions  are  in  compliance  with the minimum
statutory requirements.

    The accumulation annuity insurance contracts include a single premium
deferred  annuity  product and a flexible premium deferred annuity product. 
The formula reserves for the single premium deferred annuity are higher than
the  cash  surrender  value  due  to  the  one  year interest rate guarantee
provision of these contracts.  The Company computed reserves with an interest
rate  of  6.00%  for  1995 issues,  6.50%-5.50%  for 1994 issues and 5.75%
for 1993 issues.    These  rates  are  the  maximum statutory interest rates
for such contracts.  For flexible premium deferred annuities, the cash 
surrender value is  never  greater  than the formula reserves, but may be 
equal to the CARVM reserve  due  to  the calendar quarter interest guarantee
provision of these contracts.   The Company uses the same interest rates to 
compute reserves as are used for single premium deferred annuities.

   Reserves  for  policy benefits due under immediate annuity insurance
contracts  are  based  on  a  present  value  actuarial  computation using a
statutory  discount  rate and a statutory mortality basis.  The reserves are
based on the 83a table and with a discount rate of 7.25% for 1995, 6.50% for
1994 and 7.00% for 1993.





LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

NOTES TO STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
___________________________________________________________________________

6.  AGGREGATE RESERVES FOR LIFE POLICIES AND CONTRACTS (CONTINUED)

    The withdrawal characteristics of annuity actuarial reserves and deposit
liabilities at December 31, 1995 and 1994 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>             <C>     <C>           <C>

                                                               1995           1994
                                                              ------  ------------        
Subject to discretionary withdrawal at book
   value less surrender charge of 5% or more  $  530,130,854  51.79%  $700,347,943  77.23%

Subject to discretionary withdrawal at book
   value less surrender charge greater than
   0% but less than 5%                           327,712,985  32.01%    52,995,888   5.84%

Subject to discretionary withdrawal at book
   value with no surrender charge                  6,736,768   0.66%     1,381,014   0.16%

Not subject to discretionary withdrawal          159,069,009  15.54%   152,055,826  16.77%
                                              --------------  ------  ------------  ------

                                              $1,023,649,616    100%  $906,780,671    100%
                                              ============== =======  ============  ======
</TABLE>


7.   INVESTMENTS

     The  Company  records  its investments in debt securities at cost or
amortized  cost.    The securities are designated investment grade (NAIC SVO
categories  "1"  and "2") or non-investment grade (categories "3", "4", "5",
and  "6").    The  NAIC  's  highest  ratings classification includes issues
normally rated investment grade by independent rating agencies.

     The NAIC SVO classified the Company's debt securities as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31, 1995           DECEMBER 31, 1994

<S>                                             <C>             <C>        <C>           <C>
                                                STATEMENT       PERCENT    STATEMENT     PERCENT
NAIC CATEGORY                                   VALUE           OF TOTAL   VALUE         OF TOTAL
- ----------------------------------------------  --------------  ---------  ------------  ---------

1 - Highest quality                             $  465,956,793        44%  $386,803,462        40%
2 - High quality                                   382,099,503        36    404,365,864        41 
3 - Medium quality                                  90,540,167         9     89,890,621         9 
4 - Low quality                                     85,136,505         8     79,444,805         8 
5 - Lower quality                                   33,748,190         3     20,727,460         2 
6 - Debt securities in or         near default               -         -              -         - 
                                                --------------  ---------  ------------  ---------

                                                $1,057,481,158       100%  $981,232,212       100%
                                                --------------  ---------  ------------  ---------
</TABLE>



LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

NOTES TO STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
___________________________________________________________________________

7.  INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)

    The  cost  or  amortized  cost  and the fair, or comparable value of
investments in debt securities are as follows:

                                         COST OR GROSS UNREALIZED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                            <C>              <C>          <C>         <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1995              AMORTIZED COST   GAINS        LOSSES      FAIR VALUE
- -----------------------------  ---------------  -----------  ----------  --------------

U.S. Government
  obligations                  $     7,293,486  $   163,613    ($3,498)  $    7,453,601

Obligations of states
   and political subdivisions        2,364,678       55,072          0        2,419,750

Corporate securities               678,240,972   17,874,218   (649,005)     695,466,185

Other debt securities               58,473,851      637,910    (24,207)      59,087,554

Mortgage-backed securities         311,108,171            0          0      311,108,171
                               ---------------  -----------  ----------  --------------

                               $ 1,057,481,158  $18,730,813  ($676,710)  $1,075,535,261
                               ---------------  -----------  ----------  --------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            COST OR GROSS UNREALIZED
<S>                                              <C>              <C>       <C>            <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1994                                AMORTIZED COST   GAINS     LOSSES         FAIR VALUE
- -----------------------------------------------  ---------------  --------  -------------  ------------

U.S. Government
  obligations                                    $     7,397,191  $ 24,923     ($594,014)  $  6,828,100

Obligations of states
   and political subdivisions                          2,366,854                (245,204)     2,121,650

Corporate securities                                 617,557,758   725,229   (26,938,415)   591,344,572

Other debt securities                                 33,214,353     6,908    (1,325,379)    31,895,882

Mortgage-backed securities                           320,696,056                            320,696,056
                                                 ---------------  -------   ------------   ------------

                                                 $   981,232,212  $757,060  ($29,103,012)  $952,886,260
                                                 ---------------  --------  -------------  ------------
</TABLE>

    Fair values are based on published quotations of the SVO of the NAIC. 
Fair  values  generally  represent quoted market value prices for securities
traded in the public marketplace, or analytically determined values using bid
or  closing  prices  for  securities  not traded in the public marketplace. 
However, for certain investments for which the NAIC does not provide a value,
the Company uses the amortized cost amount as a substitute for fair value in
accordance  with prescribed guidance.  As of December 31, 1995 and 1994, the
fair  value  of  investments  in  debt  securities includes $646,886,351 and
$645,396,359, respectively, of debt securities that were valued at amortized
cost.

    The  cost or amortized cost and the fair value of debt securities at
December  31,  1995,  by  contractual  maturity,  are shown below.  Expected
maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the  right  to  call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.



 LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

NOTES TO STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
___________________________________________________________________________

7.  INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)

    A summary of the cost or amortized cost and fair value of the Company's
investment in debt securities at December 31, 1995, by contractual maturity,
is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>              <C>
                                    COST OR
                                    AMORTIZED COST   FAIR VALUE
                                    ---------------  --------------
      Maturity:
        In 1996                     $     8,105,072  $    8,108,447
        In 1997-2000                    118,777,166     121,516,342
        In 2001-2005                    485,142,725     496,395,991
        After 2005                      134,348,024     138,406,310
        Mortgage-backed securities      311,108,171     311,108,171
                                    ---------------  --------------

      Total                         $ 1,057,481,158  $1,075,535,261
                                    ---------------  --------------
</TABLE>

   Proceeds from sales of investments in fixed maturities and related gross
gains and losses on those sales are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                    <C>                 <C>                 <C>
                       Year Ended          Year Ended          Year Ended
                       December 31, 1995   December 31, 1994   December 31, 1993
                       ------------------  ------------------  ------------------

Proceeds from sales    $      193,271,491  $      236,920,286  $      719,448,233
Gross realized gains   $        2,078,023  $        4,413,014  $       18,201,325
Gross realized losses  $        1,618,499  $        1,704,392  $        8,824,962
</TABLE>


   At December 31, 1995, debt securities with an admitted asset value of
$9,673,866 were on deposit with state insurance departments to satisfy
regulatory requirements.

8. INVESTMENT INCOME

An analysis of the Company's net investment income is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

<S>                                               <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                         1995          1994          1993 
                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------

Interest on debt securities                       $91,585,614   $76,595,702   $65,535,483 
Interest on short-term investments                    554,252       397,098       393,877 
Interest on cash on hand and on deposit               274,696       344,915       278,993 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries     (285,874)    5,484,000 
Other investment income                             2,493,535     2,460,670     8,790,229 
                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------

Gross investment income                            94,622,223    85,282,385    74,998,582 
Less investment expenses                           (5,661,711)   (5,469,720)   (3,934,977)
                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------

      Net investment income                       $88,960,512   $79,812,665   $71,063,605 
                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>


9.  REINSURANCE

    The maximum amount of direct universal life insurance retained on any
life  is  $250,000.    Amounts  in  excess of $250,000 are ceded on a Yearly
Renewable Term basis of reinsurance.  Life insurance ceded to other companies
for  the  years  ended  December  31,  1995 and 1994 totaled $53,210,000 and
$56,440,000


 LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

NOTES TO STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
___________________________________________________________________________

9.  REINSURANCE (CONTINUED)

    or  12.4%  and  12.7%  of  life insurance in force, respectively.  A
contingent  liability  exists  with  respect  to insurance ceded which would
become  a  liability  should the reinsurer be unable to meet the obligations
assumed under reinsurance agreements.

10. SURPLUS

    Under the Insurance Code of the State of North Carolina, in a given
year  the  Company may make dividend distributions without prior approval of
the  Insurance Commissioner up to the lesser of its net gain from operations
for  the preceding year or 10% of surplus as of December 31 of the preceding
year.  The maximum dividend that could be paid during 1996 without Insurance
Commissioner's approval is $4,761,050.

    The NAIC has adopted Risk-Based Capital (RBC) requirements which
became effective December 31, 1993, that attempt to evaluate the adequacy of
a life insurance company's adjusted statutory capital and surplus in relation
to  investment, insurance and other business risks.  The RBC formula is used
by  the  states  as  an  early  warning  tool  to  identify  possible weakly
capitalized companies for the purpose of initiating regulatory action and is
not  designed  to be a basis for ranking the financial strength of insurance
companies.  In  states  which have adopted the NAIC regulations, the new RBC
requirements  provide  for  four  different  levels  of regulatory attention
depending  on the ratio of the company's adjusted capital and surplus to its
RBC.    As  of  December  31,  1995, the adjusted capital and surplus of the
Company  is  substantially  in excess of the minimum level of RBC that would
require regulatory response.

11.   COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

      Rental expense for all leases was $722,359, $847,389 and $831,805
for  1995,  1994  and 1993, respectively.  Future minimum rental commitments
under noncancelable operating leases for office space and equipment aggregate
$1,675,095  through  2000.    The  amounts due by year are $556,746 in 1996,
$481,205 in 1997, $281,141 in 1998, $267,002 in 1999 and $89,001 in 2000.

      The Company has contingent liabilities resulting from anticipated state
guaranty  association  assessments for life insurers deemed insolvent during
the  year.    Although  the  total  amount  of this exposure is not known, a
substantial  portion of the amount assessed will be recovered against future
premium  taxes under current laws and regulations.  As of December 31, 1995,
the Company estimates its net contingent liability for future state guaranty
association  assessments  is  within  range  of $500,000 to $2,000,000.  The
Company  has  not  committed any surplus funds to reserve for the contingent
liability.    The  Company  recognizes  its  obligation  for  guaranty  fund
assessments  when it receives notice that an amount is payable to a guaranty
fund.    Expenses  incurred  for  guaranty fund assessments were $1,075,244,
$431,456 and $306,826 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

     The Company has been named as a cross-defendant in a complaint filed by
The American Endeavour Fund Limited against the Company's ultimate parent and
the Company's Chairman.  Management estimates the claims against the Company
cannot exceed $2 million and there are pending motions to dismiss or, in the
alternative,  to  stay the complaint.  The Company believes that the alleged
claims  are  without  merit.    While  these claims are being contested, the
outcome  is  not  predictable with assurance.  The Company believes that any
liability  resulting  from  these  claims should not have a material adverse
affect on the Company's statutory surplus.

12.  ASSET VALUATION AND INTEREST MAINTENANCE RESERVES

     The purpose of the AVR is to decrease the volatility of the incidence of
asset  losses  and to recognize the long term return expectations for equity
investments.  The increase or decrease to this reserve is charged or credited
directly to surplus.

 LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
 (A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)

NOTES TO STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
___________________________________________________________________________

12.  ASSET VALUATION AND INTEREST MAINTENANCE RESERVES (CONTINUED)

     The purpose of the IMR is to minimize the effect of gains and losses
arising from gradual interest rate movements.  All realized gains and losses
(net  of  tax)  classified as interest related are accumulated and amortized
into net income over the remaining period to maturity of the security sold. 
The  effect  of recording the IMR at December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 was to
defer  total  net capital gains of $10,190,326, $10,832,237 and $10,100,625,
respectively,  and  to  recognize  ($185,844),  $945,197  and  $1,584,804,
respectively, of IMR amortization into income.

13.  FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The  following  disclosure of the estimated fair values of financial
instruments  is  made  in  accordance  with the requirements of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure about Fair Value
of  Financial  Instruments."    The  estimated  fair value amounts have been
determined  using  available  market  information  and appropriate valuation
methodologies.    However,  considerable  judgment  is required to interpret
market data to develop these estimates.  Accordingly, these estimates are not
necessarily  indicative  of the amounts which could be realized in a current
market  exchange.    The  use  of different market assumptions or estimation
methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
For financial instruments not separately disclosed below, the carrying value
is a reasonable estimate of fair value.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     DECEMBER 31, 1995              DECEMBER 31, 1994

<S>                             <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
                                CARRYING        ESTIMATED       CARRYING      ESTIMATED
                                VALUE           FAIR VALUE      VALUE         FAIR VALUE
                                --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Assets:
   Debt securities              $1,057,481,158  $1,090,099,356  $981,232,212  $914,143,123

Liabilities:
   Insurance and annuity
      reserves-investment-type
       contracts                $1,066,977,854  $1,094,695,606  $945,045,048  $948,989,798
</TABLE>

   POLICY RESERVES

   In  accordance  with  SFAS  No. 107, estimated fair values have been
calculated  on  policy  reserves  only  for  those products determined to be
investment-type.  The estimated fair value of deferred annuity and universal
life  contracts  equals account value after deduction of surrender charges. 
The  estimated  fair  value  of  immediate annuity contracts is based on the
present value of expected benefits using a discount rate equal to the 5-year
Treasury rate.

14. CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

    At December 31, 1995, the Company held unrated or less-than-investment
grade  corporate bonds of $209,424,862.  Those holdings amounted to 19.8% of
the Company's investments in bonds and less than 17.7% of the Company's total
admitted assets.  The holdings of less-than-investment grade bonds are widely
diversified  and management believes are of  satisfactory quality based on 
the Company's investment policies and credit standards.

                          SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


                      Report of Independent Accountants
              on Supplemental Schedule of Assets and Liabilities


 February 8, 1996

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
London Pacific Life & Annuity Company
(A wholly-owned subsidiary of London Pacific Group Limited)


In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  Supplemental  Schedule  of  Assets  and
Liabilities is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the basic
financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  of London Pacific Life & Annuity
Company  for  the year ended December 31, 1995, which is covered by our report
dated  February  8, 1996 presented in the first section of this document.  Our
audit  was  conducted  for  the  purpose  of  forming  an opinion on the basic
financial  statements  taken  as a whole.  The Supplemental Schedule of Assets
and  Liabilities  of  London  Pacific Life & Annuity Company as of and for the
year  ended December 31, 1995 is presented for purposes of additional analysis
and  is  not  a  required  part  of  the  basic  financial  statements.   Such
information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit
of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all
material  respects  in  relation  to the basic financial statements taken as a
whole.

/s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
- ------------------------


                    London Pacific Life & Annuity Company
            Annual Statement for the Year Ended December 31, 1995
         Schedule 1 - Supplemental Schedule of Assets and Liabilities


  The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain financial data included in other
exhibits  and  schedules subjected to audit procedures by independent auditors
and utilized by actuaries in the determination of reserves.


Investment Income Earned

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                     <C>
Government Bonds                                                          $419,725
                                                                        ------------
Other bonds (unaffiliated)                                               91,165,889
                                                                        ------------

Bonds of affiliates                                                          0
                                                                        ------------

Preferred stocks (unaffiliated)                                           534,679
                                                                        ------------
Preferred stocks of affiliates                                               0
                                                                        ------------
Common stocks (unaffiliated)                                              265,384
                                                                        ------------
Common stocks of affiliates                                              (285,874)
                                                                        ------------
Mortgage loans                                                               0
                                                                        ------------
Real estate                                                                  0
                                                                        ------------
Premium notes, policy loans and liens                                     212,822
                                                                        ------------
Collateral loans                                                             0
                                                                        ------------
Cash on hand and on deposit                                               274,696
                                                                        ------------
Short-term investments                                                    554,252
                                                                        ------------
Other Invested Assets                                                        0
                                                                        ------------
Derivative Instruments                                                    195,860
                                                                        ------------
Aggregate write-ins for investment income                                1,284,790
                                                                        ------------

Gross investment income                                                 $94,622,223
                                                                        ============

Real Estate Owned - Book Value less Encumbrances                             $0
                                                                        ============

Mortgage Loans - Book Value:
Farm mortgages                                                               $0
                                                                        ------------
Residential mortgages                                                        0
                                                                        ------------
Commercial mortgages                                                         0
                                                                        ------------

Total mortgage loans                                                         $0
                                                                        ============

Mortgage Loans By Standing - Book Value:
Good standing                                                                $0
                                                                        ============
Good standing with restructured terms                                        $0
                                                                        ============
Interest overdue more than three months, not in foreclosure                  $0
                                                                        ============
Foreclosure in process                                                       $0
                                                                        ============

Other Long Term Assets - Statement Value                                     $0
                                                                        ============
Collateral Loans                                                             $0
                                                                        ============
Bonds and Stocks of Parents, Subsidiaries and Affiliates - Book Value

Bonds                                                                        $0
                                                                        ============

Preferred Stocks                                                             $0
                                                                        ============

Common Stocks                                                             $499,138
                                                                        ============
</TABLE>



Schedule 1 - Supplemental Schedule of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                         <C>

Bonds and Short-term Investments by Class and Maturity:

Bonds by Maturity - Statement Value
     Due within one year less                                               $   34,432,263
                                                                            --------------
     Over 1 year through 5 years                                               233,064,260
                                                                            --------------
     Over 5 years through 10 years                                             590,576,447
                                                                            --------------
     Over 10 years through 20 years                                            108,279,381
                                                                            --------------
     Over 20 years                                                              91,128,807
                                                                            --------------

     Total by Maturity                                                      $1,057,481,158
                                                                            ==============

Bonds by Class - Statement Value
     Class 1                                                                $  465,956,793
                                                                            --------------
     Class 2                                                                   382,099,503
                                                                            --------------
     Class 3                                                                    90,540,167
                                                                            --------------
     Class 4                                                                    85,136,505
                                                                            --------------
     Class 5                                                                    33,748,190
                                                                            --------------
     Class 6                                                                             0
                                                                            --------------

     Total by Class                                                         $1,057,481,158
                                                                            ==============

     Total Bonds Publicly Traded                                            $  834,844,807
                                                                            ==============

     Total Bonds Privately Placed                                           $  222,636,351
                                                                            ==============
Preferred Stocks - Statement Value                                          $    9,912,722
                                                                            ==============
Common Stocks - Market Value                                                $    1,430,013
                                                                            ==============
Short Term Investments - Book Value                                         $   69,747,096
                                                                            ==============
Financial Options Owned - Statement Value                                   $            0
                                                                            ==============
Financial Options Written and In force - Statement Value                    $            0
                                                                            ==============
Collar, Swap and Forward Agreements Open - Statement Value                  $            0
                                                                            ==============
Financial Futures Contracts Open - Current Price                            $            0
                                                                            ==============
Cash on Deposit                                                             $    2,664,850
                                                                            ==============

Life Insurance In Force:
Industrial                                                                  $            0
                                                                            ==============
Ordinary                                                                    $  429,950,000
                                                                            ==============
Credit Life                                                                 $            0
                                                                            ==============
Group Life                                                                  $            0
                                                                            ==============

Amount of Accidental Death Insurance In Force Under Ordinary Policies       $            0
                                                                            ==============

Life Insurance Policies with Disability Provisions In Force:

Industrial                                                                  $            0
                                                                            ==============

Ordinary                                                                    $   58,092,000
                                                                            ==============

Credit Life                                                                 $            0
                                                                            ==============
 Group Life                                                                 $            0
                                                                            ==============
</TABLE>


Schedule 1 - Supplemental Schedule of Asses and Liabilities (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                       <C>
Supplementary Contracts In Force:
Ordinary - Not Involving Life Contingencies
Amount on Deposit                                         $          0
                                                          ============
Income Payable                                            $ 15,050,486
                                                          ============

Ordinary - Involving Life Contingencies
Income Payable                                            $     80,917
                                                          ============

Group - Not Involving Life Contingencies
Amount of Deposit                                         $          0
                                                          ============
Income Payable                                            $          0
                                                          ============

Group - Involving Life Contingencies
Income Payable                                            $          0
                                                          ============

Annuities:
Ordinary
Immediate - Amount of Income Payable                      $ 29,749,469
                                                          ============
Deferred - Fully Paid Account Balance                     $304,257,178
                                                          ============
Deferred - Not Fully Paid - Account Balance               $615,778,334
                                                          ============

Group
Amount of Income Payable                                  $          0
                                                          ============
Fully Paid Account Balance                                $          0
                                                          ============
Not Fully Paid - Account Balance                          $          0
                                                          ============

Accident and Health Insurance - Premiums In Force:
Ordinary                                                  $          0
                                                          ============
Group                                                     $          0
                                                          ============
Credit                                                    $          0
                                                          ============

Deposit Funds and Dividend Accumulations:
Deposit Funds - Account Balance                           $          0
                                                          ============
Dividend Accumulations - Account Balance                  $          0
                                                          ============
Claim Payments 1995:
Group Accident and Health Year - Ended December 31, 1995  None

Other Accident and Health                                 None

Other Coverages that use developmental methods to         None
      calculate claims reserves
</TABLE>


                                    PART C


                                    PART C
                              OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 A.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  following  financial  statements  of  the  Company are included in Part B
hereof:

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<C>  <S>

1.  Report of Independent Accountants.

2.  Statutory Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities, Capital
    and Surplus - December 31, 1995 and 1994.

3.  Statutory Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
    December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.

4.  Statutory Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus for the
    Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.

5.  Statutory Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
    December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.

6.  Notes to Statutory Financial Statements.
</TABLE>



No  financial  statements  for  the Separate Account have been included herein
because, as of December 31, 1995, the Separate Account had no assets.

B.  EXHIBITS

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<C>  <S>

 1.  Resolution of Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the
     establishment of the Separate Account.

 2.  Not Applicable.

 3.  Form of Principal Underwriter's Agreement.

 4.  Individual Fixed and Variable Deferred Annuity Contract.

 5.  Application Form.

 6.  (i)  Copy of Articles of Incorporation of the Company.
     (ii) Copy of the Bylaws of the Company.

 7.  Not Applicable.

 8.  Not Applicable.

 9.  Opinion and Consent of Counsel.

10.  Consent of Independent Accountants.

11.  Not Applicable.

12.  Not Applicable.

13.  Not Applicable.

14.  Not Applicable.

15.  Company Organizational Chart.
</TABLE>



ITEM 25.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR

The following are the Executive Officers and Directors of the Company:

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>                        <C>

Name and Principal         Position and Offices
 Business Address          with Depositor
- -------------------------  ---------------------------------------

Ian K. Whitehead           President, Chief Executive Officer
1755 Creekside Oaks Drive  and Director
Sacramento, CA  95833

Arthur I. Trueger          Chairman of the Board and Director
650 California Street
San Francisco, CA  94108

George C. Nicholson        Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
3109 Poplarwood Court      Director
Raleigh, NC  27604

Mark E. Prillaman          Executive Vice President, Marketing
1755 Creekside Oaks Drive
Sacramento, CA  95833

Susan Y. Gressel           Vice President and Treasurer
3109 Poplarwood Court
Raleigh, NC  27604

Charles M. King            Vice President and Controller
3109 Poplarwood Court
Raleigh, NC  27604

William J. McCarthy        Vice President and Chief Actuary
3109 Poplarwood Court
Raleigh, NC  27604

Charlotte M. Stott         Vice President, National Sales Manager
1755 Creekside Oaks Drive
Sacramento, CA  95833

Jerry T. Tamura            Vice President, Administrative Services
1755 Creekside Oaks Drive
Sacramento, CA  95833

Randolph N. Vance          Vice President, Financial Actuary
3109 Poplarwood Court
Raleigh, NC 27604

Jerry S. Waters            Vice President, Technology Services
1755 Creekside Oaks Drive
Sacramento, CA  95833
</TABLE>



ITEM 26.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR
          REGISTRANT

The  Company  organizational  chart is  included  herein  as  Exhibit  15.

ITEM 27.  NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS

As  of April 1, 1996, there was 1 Qualified Contract Owner and 0 Non-Qualified
Contract Owners.

ITEM 28.  INDEMNIFICATION

The Bylaws (Article V) of the Company provide that:

Subject  to  the  laws  of  the State of North Carolina, any present or former
director,  officer  or  employee  of  the  Company,  or any person who, at the
request  of  the Company, express or implied, may have served as a director or
officer  of another Company in which this Company owns shares or of which this
Company  is  a  creditor,  shall  be entitled to reimbursement of expenses and
other  liabilities, including attorney's fees actually and reasonably incurred
by him and any amount paid by him in discharge of a judgment, fine, penalty of
costs  against  him  or  paid  by  him  in a settlement approved by a court of
competent  jurisdiction,  in  any  action  or proceeding, including any civil,
criminal or administrative action, suit, hearing or proceeding, to which he is
a  party  by reason of being or having been a director, officer or employee of
this  or  such  other  Company.   This section is not intended to extend or to
limit  in  any  way  the  rights  and  remedies  provided  with  respect  to
indemnification  of  directors, officers, employees and other persons provided
by  the  laws  of  the  State of North Carolina but is intended to express the
desire  of the stockholders of this Company that indemnification be granted to
such  directors,  officers,  employees and other persons to the fullest extent
allowable by such laws.

Insofar  as  indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of
1933  may  be  permitted  directors and officers or controlling persons of the
Company  pursuant to the foregoing, or otherwise, the Company has been advised
that  in  the  opinion  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such
indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in  the  Act and,
therefore,  unenforceable.    In  the  event  that a claim for indemnification
against  such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the Company of expenses
incurred  or  paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Company
in  the  successful  defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being  registered,  the Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a court of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question whether such indemnification by it is
against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 29.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

     (a)  Not Applicable.

     (b)  London Pacific Financial and Insurance Services is the principal
underwriter  for  the  Contracts.   The following persons are the officers and
directors of London Pacific Financial and Insurance Services.

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>                        <C>

Name and Principal         Position and Offices
 Business Address          with Underwriter
- -------------------------  -----------------------------------------------

Ian K. Whitehead           Director
1755 Creekside Oaks Drive
Sacramento, CA  95833

Jerry T. Tamura            Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
1755 Creekside Oaks Drive
Sacramento, CA 95833

George C. Nicholson        Treasurer and Director
3109 Poplarwood Court
Raleigh, NC  27604

Bonnie J. Bridge           Secretary
1755 Creekside Oaks Drive
Sacramento, CA  95833
</TABLE>



     (c)  Not Applicable.

ITEM 30.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

Bruce Adams, whose address is 1755 Creekside Oaks Drive, Sacramento, CA 95833,
maintains  physical  possession  of  the  accounts,  books or documents of the
Separate  Account required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 and the rules promulgated thereunder.

ITEM 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not Applicable.

ITEM 32.  UNDERTAKINGS

     a.  Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to
this  registration  statement as frequently as is necessary to ensure that the
audited financial statements in the registration statement are never more than
sixteen  (16)  months  old  for  so long as payment under the variable annuity
contracts may be accepted.

     b.  Registrant hereby undertakes to include either (1) as part of any
application  to purchase a contract offered by the Prospectus, a space that an
applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a
postcard  or  similar  written  communication  affixed  to  or included in the
Prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional
Information.

     c.  Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver any Statement of Additional
Information  and  any  financial statement required to be made available under
this Form promptly upon written or oral request.


                                  SIGNATURES


As  required  by  the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of
1940,  the  Registrant  certifies that it meets the requirements of Securities
Act Rule 485(b) and has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf,  in  the City of Raleigh, and State of North Carolina on this 17th day
of April, 1996.

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>                                <C>

                                   LPLA SEPARATE ACCOUNT ONE
                                   -------------------------------------
                                   Registrant

                              By:  LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
                                   -------------------------------------


                              By:  /s/ GEORGE C. NICHOLSON
                                   -------------------------------------
                                   George C. Nicholson


                              By:  LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
                                   -------------------------------------
                                   Depositor


                              By:  /s/ GEORGE C. NICHOLSON  
                                   -------------------------------------
                                   George C. Nicholson
</TABLE>




As  required  by  the  Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has
been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the capacities and on the dates
indicated.

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>                     <C>                                      <C>

/s/ ARTHUR I.  TRUEGER      Chairman of the Board and Director   4/16/96
- -----------------------                                          -------
Arthur I. Trueger                                                  Date


/s/ IAN K.  WHITEHEAD       President, Chief Executive Officer   4/15/96
- ---------------------                                            -------
Ian K. Whitehead            and Director                           Date


/s/ GEORGE C.  NICHOLSON    Chief Financial Officer, Secretary   4/17/96
- ------------------------                                         -------
George C. Nicholson         and Director                           Date
</TABLE>

















                                   EXHIBITS

                                      TO

                        POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                      TO

                                   FORM N-4

                                     FOR

                          LPLA SEPARATE ACCOUNT ONE

                                      OF

                    LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY


                              INDEX TO EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT                                                                   PAGE

EX-99.B1     Resolution of Board of Directors of the Company
             authorizing the establishment of the Separate Account.

EX-99.B3     Form of Principal Underwriter's Agreement

EX-99.B4     Individual Fixed and Variable Deferred Annuity Contract

EX-99.B5     Application Form

EX-99.B6(i)  Copy of Articles of Incorporation of the Company

EX-99.B6(ii) Copy of the Bylaws of the Company

EX-99.B9     Opinion and Consent of Counsel

EX-99.B10    Consent of Independent Accountants

EX-99.B15    Company Organizational Chart

                                 EXHIBIT 99.B1

                    LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
                                  RESOLUTION
                          VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS

     WHEREAS, the Company is desirous of developing and marketing certain
types  of  variable  and  fixed  annuity contracts which may be required to be
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the various
securities laws; and

     WHEREAS, it will be necessary to take certain actions including, but not
limited  to,  establishing  separate  accounts  for  segregation of assets and
seeking approval of regulatory authorities;

     NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Company is hereby authorized to
develop  the necessary program in order to effectuate the issuance and sale of
variable and fixed annuity contracts; and further

     RESOLVED,  that the Company is hereby authorized to establish and to
designate  one or more separate accounts of the Company in accordance with the
provisions  of  state  insurance law. The purpose of any such separate account
shall  be  to provide an investment medium for such variable and fixed annuity
contacts  issued by the Company as may be designated as participating therein.
Any  such  separate  account shall receive, hold, invest and reinvest only the
monies  arising  from (i) premiums, contributions or payments made pursuant to
the  variable  and  fixed  annuity  contracts participating therein; (ii) such
assets  of  the  Company  as shall be deemed appropriate to be invested in the
same  manner as the assets applicable to the Company's reserve liability under
the  variable  and  fixed  annuity  contracts  participating  in such separate
accounts;  or  as  may  be  necessary  for  the establishment of such separate
accounts;  (iii)  the dividends, interest and gains produced by the foregoing;
and further

     RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the proper officers of the Company are hereby
authorized:

     (i) to register the variable and fixed annuity contracts participating in
such  separate  accounts under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 to
the extent that it shall be determined that such registration is necessary;

     (ii)  to register any such separate accounts with the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940
to the extent that it shall be determined that such registration is necessary;

     (iii) to prepare, execute and file such amendments to any registration
statements  filed  under  aforementioned  Acts  (including  post-effective
amendments),  supplements and exhibits thereto as they may be deemed necessary
or desirable;

     (iv) to apply for exemption from those provisions of the aforementioned
Acts  as shall be deemed necessary and to take any and all other actions which
shall  be  deemed necessary, desirable, or appropriate in connection with such
Acts;

     (v) to file the variable and fixed annuity contracts participating in any
such separate accounts with the appropriate state insurance departments and to
prepare  and  execute  all  necessary  documents  to  obtain  approval  of the
insurance departments;

     (vi) to prepare or have prepared and execute all necessary documents to
obtain  approval  of, or clearance with, or other appropriate actions required,
of any other regulatory authority that may be necessary; and further

     RESOLVED, FURTHER, that in connection with the offering and sale of the
fixed  and  variable  annuity  contracts  in  the various States of the United
States,  as  and  to  the  extent  necessary,  the appropriate officers of the
Company  be,  and they hereby are, authorized to take any and all such action,
including but not limited to the preparation, execution and filing with proper
State  authorities,  on  behalf  of  and  in  the name of the Company, of such
applications,  notices, certificates, affidavits, powers of attorney, consents
to  service  of  process,  issuer's  covenants, certified copies of minutes of
shareholders' and directors' meetings, bonds, escrow and impounding agreements
and  other  writings  and  instruments,  as may be required in order to render
permissible  the offering the sale of the fixed and variable annuity contracts
in such jurisdictions; and further

     RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the forms of any resolutions required by any
State  authority  to  be  filed  in  connection  with  any of the documents or
instruments  referred  to in any of the preceding resolutions be, and the same
hereby  are,  adopted as if fully set forth herein if(l) in the opinion of the
appropriate  officers  of  the  Company,  the  adoption  of the resolutions is
advisable  and  (2)  the  Secretary  of the Company evidences such adoption by
inserting into these minutes copies of such resolutions: and further

     RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the officers of the Company, and each of them,
are hereby authorized to prepare and to execute the necessary documents and to
take  such further actions as may be deemed necessary or appropriate, in their
discretion, to implement the purpose of these resolutions.

DATE: November 21, 1994
      -----------------



                                       /s/  BRIAN M.  LEE
                                       -----------------------
                                       Brian M. Lee, Secretary


                                EXHIBIT 99.B3

                      PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER'S AGREEMENT

IT  IS  HEREBY  AGREED  by  and  between LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY
("INSURANCE  COMPANY")  on  behalf of LPLA SEPARATE ACCOUNT ONE (the "Variable
Account")  and LONDON PACIFIC FINANCIAL AND INSURANCE SERVICES. ("PRINCIPAL
UNDERWRITER") as follows:

                                      I

INSURANCE  COMPANY  proposes  to  issue and sell Individual Fixed and Variable
Deferred  Annuity  Contracts  with flexible Contributions (the "Contracts") of
the  Variable  Account  to  the  public  through  PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER.  The
PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER agrees to provide sales service subject to the terms and
conditions  hereof.   The Contracts to be sold are more fully described in the
registration  statement  and prospectus hereinafter mentioned.  Such Contracts
will be issued by INSURANCE COMPANY through the Variable Account.

                                      II

INSURANCE COMPANY grants PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER the exclusive right, during the
term of this Agreement, subject to registration requirements of the Securities
Act  of  1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the provisions of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to be the distributor of the Contracts issued
through  the  Variable Account.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER will sell the Contracts
under  such  terms  as  set  by  INSURANCE COMPANY and will make such sales to
purchasers permitted to buy such Contracts as specified in the prospectus.

                                     III

PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER  shall  be compensated for its distribution services in
such  amount  as to meet all of its obligations to selling broker-dealers with
respect  to  all  Purchase  Payments  accepted  by  INSURANCE  COMPANY  on the
Contracts covered hereby.

                                      IV

On  behalf  of the Variable Account, INSURANCE COMPANY shall furnish PRINCIPAL
UNDERWRITER  with  copies  of all prospectuses, financial statements and other
documents  which  PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER  reasonably  requests  for  use  in
connection  with  the  distribution of the Contracts.  INSURANCE COMPANY shall
provide  to  PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER  such  number  of  copies  of  the current
effective prospectuses as PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER shall request.

                                      V

PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER  is  not authorized to give any information, or to make
any  representations  concerning  the  Contracts  or  the  Variable Account of
INSURANCE  COMPANY  other  than  those  contained  in the current registration
statements  or  prospectuses  relating  to the Variable Account filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  such  sales  literature  as  may be
authorized by INSURANCE COMPANY.

                                      VI

Both  parties  to  this  Agreement  agree  to  keep  the  necessary records as
indicated  by  applicable  state  and  federal law and to render the necessary
assistance  to  one  another  for  the accurate and timely preparation of such
records.

                                     VII

Agreement  shall  be  effective  upon  the execution hereof and will remain in
effect  unless  terminated  as  hereinafter  provided.    This Agreement shall
automatically  be  terminated  in  the  event  of  its assignment by PRINCIPAL
UNDERWRITER.

This  Agreement  may  at any time be terminated by either party hereto upon 60
days' written notice to the other party.

                                     VIII

All  notices,  requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement
shall  be  in  writing  and  shall be deemed to have been given on the date of
service if served personally on the party to whom notice is to be given, or on
the  date  of  mailing  if  sent by First Class Mail, Registered or Certified,
postage prepaid and properly addressed.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have caused this instrument to be
signed on their behalf by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

EXECUTED this ____ day of ___________, 199_.
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>                              <C>

                                 INSURANCE COMPANY

                                 LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY
                                 COMPANY


                                 BY:_______________________________

ATTEST:________________________
                      Secretary

                                 PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

                                 LONDON PACIFIC FINANCIAL AND
                                  INSURANCE SERVICES.


                                 BY:_______________________________

ATTEST:________________________
                 Secretary

</TABLE>

EX-99.B4

  MAILING ADDRESS: Post Office Box 29564, Raleigh, North Carolina 27626-0564
      HOME OFFICE: 3109 Poplarwood Court, Raleigh, North Carolina  27604
                                (919) 790-2243



LONDON  PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY (the "Company") in consideration of the
payment of the initial Contribution issued this Contract.

RIGHT  TO  EXAMINE  CONTRACT:  Within  10  days of the date of receipt of this
Contract  by  the Owner, it may be returned by delivering or mailing it to the
Company  at  its  Annuity Service Center. When the Contract is received by the
Company,  it will be voided as if it has never been in force. The Company will
refund  the Contract Value, computed at the end of the Valuation Period during
which this Contract is received by the Company at its Annuity Service Center.

          THIS IS A LEGAL CONTRACT BETWEEN THE OWNER AND THE COMPANY

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY






     George C. Nicholson,                          Ian K. Whitehead,
          Secretary                                    President







           INDIVIDUAL FIXED AND VARIABLE DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACT
                         WITH FLEXIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS
                               NONPARTICIPATING



ANNUITY  PAYMENTS,  WITHDRAWAL  VALUES AND THE DEATH BENEFITS PROVIDED BY THIS
CONTRACT, WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, ARE
VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT.



<PAGE>
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                       PAGE


CONTRACT SCHEDULE

DEFINITIONS

CONTRIBUTION PROVISIONS
Contributions
Allocation Of Contributions

SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS
The Separate Account
Valuation Of Assets
Accumulation Units
Accumulation Unit Value
Mortality And Expense Risk Charge
Distribution Charge
Enhanced Death Benefit Charge

FIXED ACCOUNT
Fixed Account

CONTRACT VALUE

CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE
Deduction For Contract Maintenance Charge

TRANSFERS
Transfers During The Accumulation Period
Transfers During The Annuity Period

WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS
Withdrawals
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

PROCEEDS PAYABLE ON DEATH
Death Of Owner During The Accumulation Period
Death Benefit Amount During The Accumulation Period
Death Benefit Options During The Accumulation Period
Death Of Owner During The Annuity Period
Death Of Annuitant
Payment Of Death Benefit
Beneficiary
Change Of Beneficiary

SUSPENSION OR DEFERRAL OF PAYMENTS PROVISION

OWNER, ANNUITANT, OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS
Owner
Joint Owner
Annuitant
Assignment Of The Contract

ANNUITY PROVISIONS
General
Annuity Date
Selection Of An Annuity Option
Frequency And Amount Of Annuity Payments
Annuity Options
Option A. Life Annuity
Option B. Life Annuity With Period Certain Of 120 Months
Option C. Joint And Survivor Annuity
Option D. Period Certain
Annuity
Fixed Annuity
Variable Annuity
Annuity Unit
Mortality Tables

GENERAL PROVISIONS
The Contract
Misstatement Of Age
Incontestability
Modification
Non-Participating
Evidence Of Survival
Proof Of Age
Protection Of Proceeds
Reports
Taxes
Regulatory Requirements

ANNUITY TABLES


<PAGE>
                              CONTRACT SCHEDULE



OWNER:  [John Smith]               AGE AND SEX:  [50 Male]

ANNUITANT:  [John Smith]           AGE AND SEX:  [50 Male]

CONTRACT NUMBER:  [12345]          ISSUE DATE:  [July 01, 1995]

ANNUITY DATE:  [July 01, 2010]


CONTRIBUTIONS:

     INITIAL CONTRIBUTION: [$10,000 Non-Qual; $1,000 IRA]

      MINIMUM SUBSEQUENT CONTRIBUTION:  [$1,000; or if the periodic investment
plan is elected: $100]

        MAXIMUM TOTAL CONTRIBUTIONS:  [$1M without Company approval except for
issue  ages  greater  than  75  for  which  the  maximum total contribution is
$500,000]

     ALLOCATION GUIDELINES:

     [1.  There are no limitations on the number of Sub-Accounts that can be
selected by an Owner.

     2.    Allocations  must  be  in  whole  percentages with 10% of each
Contribution  or transfer as a minimum, unless the Contribution or transfer is
being  made  pursuant  to  an  approved  Dollar  Cost  Averaging Program or an
approved Asset Allocation Program.

     3.  If the Contribution and forms required to issue a Contract are in
good  order,  the initial Contribution will be credited to the Contract within
two  (2) business days after receipt at the Annuity Service Center. Additional
Contributions will be credited to the Contract as of the Valuation Period when
they are received.]

BENEFICIARY:
[As designated by the Owner at the Issue Date, unless subsequently changed.]

CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE:
[The  Contract  Maintenance  Charge  is  currently  $36.00 each Contract Year.
However,  during the Accumulation Period if the Contract Value in the Separate
Account and the Fixed Account on the Contract Anniversary is at least $50,000,
then no Contract Maintenance Charge is deducted. If a total withdrawal is made
on  other than a Contract Anniversary and the Contract Value for the Valuation
Period  during  which  the  total withdrawal is made is less than $50,000, the
full  Contract  Maintenance  Charge  will be deducted at the time of the total
withdrawal. During the Annuity Period, the Contract Maintenance Charge will be
deducted  pro-rata  from Annuity Payments regardless of Contract size and will
result in a reduction of each Annuity Payment.]

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE:
[The  Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is equal, on an annual basis, to 1.25%
of  the  average  daily  net  asset  value of each Sub-Account of the Separate
Account.]

ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE:
[The  Administrative  Charge  is  equal,  on  an  annual basis, to .15% of the
average daily net asset value of each Sub-Account of the Separate Account.]

DISTRIBUTION CHARGE:
[The  Distribution Charge is equal, on an annual basis, to .10% of the average
daily net asset value of each Sub-Account of the Separate Account.]

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT CHARGE:
[The current Enhanced Death Benefit Charge is 0.]

TRANSFERS:
     NUMBER OF TRANSFERS: [Subject to any restrictions imposed on transfers by
the  Company,  there  are currently no restrictions on the number of transfers
that  can  be made. The Company reserves the right to further limit the number
of transfers in the future.]

     TRANSFER FEE: [The Transfer Fee is the lesser of $20.00 or 2% of the
amount  transferred.  Currently, the Company does not assess a Transfer Fee on
the  first  12  transfers in a Contract Year. Transfers made at the end of the
Right  to  Examine  Contract  period  by  the  Company  and any transfers made
pursuant  to  an  approved  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Program or pursuant to an
approved  Asset  Allocation  Program  will  not  be counted in determining the
application of the Transfer Fee.]

     MINIMUM  AMOUNT  TO  BE TRANSFERRED: [$500 (from (i) one or multiple
Sub-Accounts;  or (ii) the Fixed Account if during the Accumulation Period) or
the  Owner's entire interest in the Sub-Account or the Fixed Account, if less.
Transfers  made  pursuant  to  an  approved  Dollar  Cost Averaging Program or
pursuant  to an approved Asset Allocation Program will not be subject to these
limitations.]

     MINIMUM  AMOUNT WHICH MUST REMAIN IN A SUB-ACCOUNT AFTER A TRANSFER:
[$500; or $0 if the entire amount in the Sub-Account is transferred. Transfers
made  pursuant  to an approved Dollar Cost Averaging Program or pursuant to an
approved Asset Allocation Program will not be subject to this limitation.]

     MINIMUM AMOUNT WHICH MUST REMAIN IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT AFTER A TRANSFER:

     [1.  $500, or

      2.  $0 if the entire amount in any Guarantee Period is transferred.

      3.  Transfers made from any Guarantee Period pursuant to an approved
Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Program  or  pursuant to an approved Asset Allocation
Program will not be subject to these limitations.]

WITHDRAWALS:
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE:

             [CONTRACT YEAR             CHARGE AS A % OF UNLIQUIDATED
                                          CONTRIBUTION WITHDRAWN

                   1 year                          7%
                   2 years                         7%
                   3 years                         6%
                   4 years                         5%
                   5 years                         4%
                   6 years                         3%
                   7 years                         2%
                   8 years or more                 0%]

FREE WITHDRAWAL: [A Free Withdrawal can be made once each Contract Year unless
the  Systematic  Withdrawal  Option  is  selected.  A  Free  Withdrawal is the
non-cumulative  amount  which  the Owner may take as a partial withdrawal each
Contract  Year  without being subject to the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
The  Free  Withdrawal  amount  may be up to 10% of unliquidated Contributions.
Unliquidated  means  not  previously surrendered or withdrawn. For purposes of
calculating  the  Free  Withdrawal  amount  and  the Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge,  amounts  withdrawn  as  a  Free  Withdrawal  are  not  considered  a
liquidation of Contributions. If the Systematic Withdrawal Option is selected,
the once a Contract Year limitation is waived if there have been no other Free
Withdrawals  during  the  current Contract Year. Systematic withdrawals can be
made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually.]

MINIMUM PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL:  [$500]

MINIMUM  CONTRACT  VALUE  WHICH  MUST  REMAIN  IN THE CONTRACT AFTER A PARTIAL
WITHDRAWAL:    [The  greater  of  (i)  $2,000;  or (ii) 150% of the applicable
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.]

MINIMUM  CONTRACT  VALUE  WHICH  MUST  REMAIN IN A SUB-ACCOUNT AFTER A PARTIAL
WITHDRAWAL:  [$500]

MINIMUM  CONTRACT VALUE WHICH MUST REMAIN IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT AFTER A PARTIAL
WITHDRAWAL:  [$500]

ELIGIBLE FUNDS:                        SUB-ACCOUNTS:
[LPT Variable Insurance Series Trust]

[Strong Growth Portfolio               Strong Growth Sub-Account]
[MAS Value Portfolio                   MAS Value Sub-Account]
[Berkeley Smaller Companies Portfolio  Berkeley Smaller Companies
                                           Sub-Account]
[Lexington Corporate Leaders           Lexington Corporate Leaders
     Portfolio                             Sub-Account]
[Strong International Stock Portfolio  Strong International Stock
                                           Sub-Account]
[Salomon Brothers U.S. Quality Bond    Salomon Brothers U.S. Quality Bond
     Portfolio                             Sub-Account]
[Salomon Brothers Money Market         Salomon Brothers Money Market
     Portfolio                             Sub-Account]
[MFS Total Return Portfolio            MFS Total Return Sub-Account]

SEPARATE ACCOUNT:  [LPLA Separate Account One]

FIXED ACCOUNT:
     Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate: [3%]
     Initial Guaranteed Interest Rate: [X%]

RIDERS:  [Enhanced Death Benefit Endorsement]
         [IRA Endorsement]
         [Convalescent Care Facility/Terminal Illness Waiver of Contingent
          Deferred Sales Charges Endorsement]
ANNUITY SERVICE CENTER:
London Pacific Life & Annuity Company or London Pacific Life & Annuity Company
Annuity Service Center                   Annuity Service Center
P.O. Box 29564                           3109 Poplarwood Court
Raleigh, North Carolina 27626            Raleigh, North Carolina 27604
(800) 852-3152
(919) 790-2243


<PAGE>
                                 DEFINITIONS


ACCUMULATION  PERIOD:  The  period  prior  to  the  Annuity  Date during which
Contributions may be made.

ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used to determine the value of an Owner's
interest  in  a  Sub-Account  of  the Separate Account during the Accumulation
Period.

ADJUSTED  CONTRACT  VALUE:  The Contract Value less any applicable Premium Tax
and  Contract  Maintenance  Charge,  if  any.  This  amount  is applied to the
applicable Annuity Tables to determine Annuity Payments.

AGE: The age of any Owner or Annuitant on his/her last birthday.

ANNUITANT:  The natural person on whose life Annuity Payments are based. On or
after the Annuity Date, the Annuitant shall also include any Joint Annuitant.

ANNUITY  DATE:  The  date on which Annuity Payments begin. The Annuity Date is
shown on the Contract Schedule.

ANNUITY OPTIONS: Options available for Annuity Payments.

ANNUITY  PAYMENTS: The series of payments made to the Owner or any named payee
after the Annuity Date under the Annuity Option selected.

ANNUITY  PERIOD:  The  period  of  time beginning with the Annuity Date during
which Annuity Payments are made.

ANNUITY  RESERVES:  The  assets  which  the Company has determined support the
Annuity Option selected by the Owner during the Annuity Period.

ANNUITY  SERVICE CENTER: The office indicated on the Contract Schedule of this
Contract  to  which notices, requests and Contributions must be sent. All sums
payable  by  the  Company  under this Contract are payable only at the Annuity
Service Center.

ANNUITY  UNIT:  A  unit of measure used to calculate Variable Annuity Payments
during the Annuity Period.

BENEFICIARY:  The  person(s) or entity(ies) who will receive the death benefit
payable under a Contract.

COMPANY: London Pacific Life & Annuity Company.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY: An Anniversary of the Issue Date.

CONTRACT  VALUE:  The  dollar  value as of any Valuation Period of all amounts
accumulated in the Contract.

CONTRACT WITHDRAWAL VALUE: The Contract Value less any applicable Premium Tax,
less  any  Contingent  Deferred  Sales  Charge,  less  any applicable Contract
Maintenance Charge.

CONTRACT  YEAR:  The  first Contract Year is the annual period which begins on
the  Issue  Date.  Subsequent  Contract Years begin on each anniversary of the
Issue Date.

CONTRIBUTION:  A payment made by or on behalf of an Owner with respect to this
Contract.

EFFECTIVE DATE: The date the Company declares a Guaranteed Interest Rate for a
specified  Guarantee  Period.  The  Initial  Guaranteed  Interest Rate for the
selected Guarantee Period is shown on the Contract Schedule.

ELIGIBLE FUND: An investment entity shown on the Contract Schedule.

FIXED  ACCOUNT:  An  investment  option  within  the General Account where the
Company guarantees the rate of interest for the specified Guarantee Period.

FIXED  ANNUITY:  A series of payments made during the Annuity Period which are
guaranteed as to dollar amount by the Company.

GUARANTEE  PERIOD:  A one year period, commencing on the Issue Date, for which
the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate is credited. Upon each Contract Anniversary, a
new one year Guarantee Period commences.

GUARANTEED  INTEREST RATE: The interest rate credited to the Contract Value by
the Company for any given Guarantee Period.

GENERAL  ACCOUNT:  The Company's general investment account which contains all
the assets of the Company with the exception of the Separate Account and other
segregated asset accounts.

ISSUE DATE: The date on which the Contract became effective. The Issue Date is
shown on the Contract Schedule.

OWNER:  The  person  or entity entitled to the ownership rights stated in this
Contract.

PORTFOLIO:  A  segment  of  an  Eligible Fund which constitutes a separate and
distinct class of shares. Portfolios which are available for investment by the
Sub-Accounts under this Contract are shown on the Contract Schedule.

PREMIUM  TAX:  Any  premium taxes paid to any governmental entity and assessed
against Contributions or Contract Value.

SEPARATE  ACCOUNT:  The  Company's Separate Account designated on the Contract
Schedule.

SUB-ACCOUNT:  Separate  Account assets are divided into Sub-Accounts which are
listed  on  the Contract Schedule. Assets of each Sub-Account will be invested
in shares of an Eligible Fund or a Portfolio of an Eligible Fund.

VALUATION  DATE: Each day on which the Company and the New York Stock Exchange
("NYSE") are open for business.

VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time beginning at the close of business of the
NYSE  on  each Valuation Date and ending at the close of business for the next
succeeding Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY:  An annuity with payments which vary as to dollar amount in
relation  to  the  investment  performance  of  specified  Sub-Accounts of the
Separate Account.

WRITTEN  REQUEST: A request in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company,
which is received by the Annuity Service Center.

                           CONTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

CONTRIBUTIONS  : The initial Contribution is due on the Issue Date. Subject to
the  maximum and minimum amounts shown on the Contract Schedule, the Owner may
make  subsequent  Contributions  and  may  increase  or decrease or change the
frequency  of such Contributions. The Company reserves the right to reject any
Application or Contribution.

ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS : Contributions are allocated to the Fixed Account
and/or  to one or more Sub-Accounts of the Separate Account in accordance with
the  selections  made by the Owner. The allocation of the initial Contribution
is  made  in accordance with the selection made by the Owner at the Issue Date
and  must  be  in  accordance  with the Allocation Guidelines set forth on the
Contract  Schedule.  Unless  otherwise  changed  by  the  Owner,  subsequent
Contributions  are  allocated  in the same manner as the initial Contribution.
Allocation of the Contributions is subject to the terms and conditions imposed
by  the  Company.  The  Company  has  reserved  the  right to allocate initial
Contributions  to  the  Money  Market  Sub-Account until the expiration of the
Right to Examine Contract period.

                         SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS

THE  SEPARATE  ACCOUNT  :  The  Separate Account is designated on the Contract
Schedule  and  consists  of  assets  set  aside by the Company, which are kept
separate from that of the general assets and all other separate account assets
of the Company. The assets of the Separate Account equal to reserves and other
liabilities  will  not  be  charged  with liabilities arising out of any other
business the Company may conduct.

The  Separate  Account  assets are divided into Sub-Accounts. The Sub-Accounts
which  are  available under this Contract are listed on the Contract Schedule.
The  assets of the Sub-Accounts are allocated to the Eligible Funds(s) and the
Portfolio(s), if any, within an Eligible Fund, shown on the Contract Schedule.
The  Company  may,  from  time  to time, add an additional Eligible Fund(s) or
Portfolio(s)  to  those  shown  on  the  Contract  Schedule.  The Owner may be
permitted  to  transfer  Contract  Values  or  allocate  Contributions  to the
additional  Sub-Account(s)  within the Separate Account. However, the right to
make such transfers or allocations will be limited by the terms and conditions
imposed by the Company.

Should  the  shares of any such Eligible Fund(s) or any Portfolio(s) within an
Eligible  Fund  become  unavailable for investment by the Separate Account, or
the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  deems further investment in these shares
inappropriate,  the  Company  may  limit  further  purchase  of such shares or
substitute  shares  of  another  Eligible Fund or Portfolio for shares already
purchased under this Contract.

VALUATION  OF  ASSETS : The assets of the Separate Account are valued at their
fair market value in accordance with procedures of the Company.

ACCUMULATION  UNITS  :  Accumulation  Units  shall  be used to account for all
amounts  allocated  to  or  withdrawn  from  the  Sub-Accounts of the Separate
Account  as  a  result  of  Contributions, withdrawals, transfers, or fees and
charges.  The  Company  will  determine  the number of Accumulation Units of a
Sub-Account  purchased  or cancelled. This will be done by dividing the amount
allocated  to  (or  the  amount  withdrawn from) the Sub-Account by the dollar
value  of  one  Accumulation  Unit  of  the  Sub-Account  as of the end of the
Valuation  Period  during which the request for the transaction is received at
the Annuity Service Center.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE : The Accumulation Unit Value for each Sub-Account was
arbitrarily  set  initially  at  $10.  The  Accumulation  Unit  Value for each
Sub-Account  for  any  later Valuation Period is determined by subtracting (2)
from (1) and dividing the result by (3) where:

     1.  is the result of:

         a.  the assets of the Sub-Account attributable to Accumulation Units;
             plus or minus

         b.  the cumulative charge or credit for taxes reserved which is
             determined by the Company to have resulted from the operation of
             the Sub-Account.

     2.  is the cumulative unpaid charge for the Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge,  for  the  Administrative Charge, for the Distribution Charge, and for
the  Enhanced  Death  Benefit  Charge, if any, which are shown on the Contract
Schedule; and

     3.  is the number of Accumulation Units outstanding at the end of the
Valuation Period.

The  Accumulation Unit Value may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
Valuation Period.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE : Each Valuation Period, the Company deducts
a  Mortality  and  Expense  Risk  Charge from each Sub-Account of the Separate
Account  which  is  equal,  on  an  annual  basis,  to the amount shown on the
Contract  Schedule.  The  Mortality  and  Expense  Risk Charge compensates the
Company for assuming the mortality and expense risks under this Contract.

ADMINISTRATIVE  CHARGE:  Each  Valuation  Period,  the  Company  deducts  an
Administrative  Charge  from each Sub-Account of the Separate Account which is
equal,  on  an annual basis, to the amount shown on the Contract Schedule. The
Administrative  Charge  compensates  the Company for the costs associated with
the administration of this Contract and the Separate Account.

DISTRIBUTION  CHARGE  :  Each  Valuation  Period,  the  Company  deducts  a
Distribution  Charge  from  each  Sub-Account of the Separate Account which is
equal,  on  an annual basis, to the amount shown on the Contract Schedule. The
Distribution  Charge compensates the Company for the costs associated with the
distribution of the Contracts.

ENHANCED  DEATH  BENEFIT CHARGE : If an Enhanced Death Benefit Option has been
issued pursuant to this Contract, each Valuation Period the Company deducts an
Enhanced  Death Benefit Charge from the Separate Account which is equal, on an
annual basis, to the amount shown on the Contract Schedule. The Enhanced Death
Benefit  Charge  compensates  the Company for assuming the mortality risks for
the Enhanced Death Benefit Option Endorsement attached to this Contract.

                                FIXED ACCOUNT

FIXED  ACCOUNT  :  Initial  Contributions  allocated  to the Fixed Account are
credited at the Initial Guaranteed Interest Rate for the Guarantee Period. The
Initial Guaranteed Interest Rate is shown on the Contract Schedule. During the
thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Guarantee Period, the Owner may renew
the  Guarantee  Period  or  transfer  all  or  a  portion of the amount to the
Separate  Account.  Upon  renewal,  the  Guaranteed  Interest Rate will be the
greater  of:  (1)  the  Company's  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate in effect on the
Contract  Anniversary  date or, (2) the Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate shown
on  the  Contract  Schedule.  If  the Owner does not specify a transfer to the
Separate  Account,  the amount will be renewed for a new Guarantee Period. All
interest payable under the Contract is compounded annually on a daily basis.

The Fixed Account value of a Contract at any time is equal to:

     1.  the Contributions allocated to the Fixed Account: plus

     2.  the Contract Value transferred to the Fixed Account: plus

     3.  interest credited to the Contract Value in the Fixed Account: less

     4.    any  withdrawals of a Contract Value in the Fixed Account, any
Contingent  Deferred Sales Charge and the Contract Maintenance Charge, if any;
less

     5.  any Contract Value transferred from the Fixed Account; less

     6.  any applicable Premium Taxes or Transfer Fees.

Any  subsequent  Contributions  and  transfers  to  the  Fixed Account will be
allocated  to  the  remaining  term  of  the  Guarantee  Period, and receive a
credited rate of the greater of: (1) the Company's Guaranteed Interest Rate in
effect  on  the  date  of  the  Contribution  or  transfer, or (2) the Minimum
Guaranteed Interest Rate.

                                CONTRACT VALUE

The  Contract  Value for any Valuation Period is the sum of the Contract Value
in  each of the Sub-Accounts of the Separate Account and the Contract Value in
the Fixed Account.

The  Contract  Value in a Sub-Account of the Separate Account is determined by
multiplying  the  number of Accumulation Units allocated to the Sub-Account by
the Accumulation Unit value.

Withdrawals  will  result  in  the  cancellation  of  Accumulation  Units in a
Sub-Account or a reduction in the Fixed Account, as applicable.

                         CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE

DEDUCTION  FOR  CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE : On each Contract Anniversary the
Company  will  deduct a Contract Maintenance Charge from the Contract Value to
reimburse  it  for  expenses  relating  to  maintenance  of this Contract. The
Contract  Maintenance  Charge  will be deducted from the Fixed Account and the
Sub-Accounts in the Separate Account in the same proportion that the amount of
Contract  Value  in  the Fixed Account and each Sub-Account bears to the total
Contract Value.  The Contract Maintenance Charge is deducted from the Separate
Account by cancelling Accumulation Units from each applicable Sub-Account. The
Contract  Maintenance  Charge  is  shown  on the Contract Schedule. During the
Accumulation Period, the Contract Maintenance Charge will be deducted from the
Contract  Value  on each Contract Anniversary while this Contract is in force.
If  a  total withdrawal is made on other than a Contract Anniversary, the full
Contract Maintenance Charge will be deducted at the time of withdrawal. During
the  Annuity  Period,  the  Contract  Maintenance Charge will be deducted from
Annuity Payments and will result in a reduction of each Annuity Payment.

                                  TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS  DURING  THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD : Subject to any limitation imposed
by the Company on the number of transfers during the Accumulation Period shown
on  the  Contract Schedule, the Owner may transfer all or part of the Contract
Value  in  a  Sub-Account  or the Fixed Account by Written Request without the
imposition  of any fee or charge if there have been no more than the number of
free  transfers  shown  on  the  Contract  Schedule for the Contract Year. All
transfers are subject to the following:

     1.  If more than the number of free transfers, shown on the Contract
Schedule,  have  been  made  in  a  Contract  Year,  the Company will deduct a
Transfer  Fee,  shown  on  the Contract Schedule, for each subsequent transfer
permitted.  The  Transfer  Fee will be deducted from the Contract Value in the
Fixed  Account or the Sub-Account from which the transfer is made. However, if
the  Owner's  entire  Contract  Value in the Fixed Account or a Sub-Account is
being  transferred, the Transfer Fee will be deducted from the amount which is
transferred.  If  the  Contract  Value is being transferred from more than one
Sub-Account  or  a Sub-Account and the Fixed Account, any Transfer Fee will be
allocated  to  the Fixed Account and to those Sub-Accounts on a pro-rata basis
in  proportion  to the amount transferred from each. A transfer from the Fixed
Account  is  made  for  a  Contract  with  multiple  Contributions  during the
Guarantee  Period  by  a  transfer  from the Contribution with the most recent
Effective Date.

     2.  The minimum amount which can be transferred is shown on the Contract
Schedule.  The  minimum  amounts which must remain in a Sub-Account and in the
Fixed Account are shown on the Contract Schedule.

     3.  The Company reserves the right, at any time and without prior notice
to any party, to terminate, suspend or modify the transfer privilege described
above.

If  the  Owner  elects to use this transfer privilege, the Company will not be
liable  for  transfers  made  in accordance with the Owner's instructions. All
amounts  and  Accumulation  Units  will  be  determined  as  of the end of the
Valuation  Period  during  which  the  request for transfer is received at the
Annuity Service Center.

TRANSFERS DURING THE ANNUITY PERIOD : During the Annuity Period, the Owner may
make transfers, by Written Request, as follows:

     1.  The Owner may make transfers of Contract Value between Sub-Accounts,
subject  to  any  limitation imposed by the Company on the number of transfers
shown  on  the  Contract  Schedule. If more than the number of free transfers,
shown on the Contract Schedule, have been made in a Contract Year, the Company
will  deduct  a  Transfer  Fee,  shown  on  the  Contract  Schedule,  for each
subsequent  transfer  permitted.  The  Transfer  Fee will be deducted from the
amount which is transferred.

     2.  The Owner may once each Contract year, make a transfer from one or
more Sub-Accounts to the Fixed Account. The Owner may not make a transfer from
the Fixed Account to the Separate Account.

     3.  Transfers between Sub-Accounts will be made by converting the number
of  Annuity  Units  being  transferred  to  the number of Annuity Units of the
Sub-Account to which the transfer is made, so that the next Annuity Payment if
it  were  made  at  that time would be the same amount that it would have been
without the transfer. Thereafter, Annuity Payments will reflect changes in the
value of the new Annuity Units.

     4.   The minimum amount which can be transferred from a Sub-Account is
shown  on  the  Contract  Schedule.  The minimum amount which must remain in a
Sub-Account is shown on the Contract Schedule.

     5.  The Company reserves the right, at any time and without prior notice
to any party, to terminate, suspend or modify the transfer privilege described
above.

If  the  Owner  elects to use this transfer privilege, the Company will not be
liable  for  transfers  made  in accordance with the Owner's instructions. All
amounts  and  Annuity  Unit  Values  will  be  determined as of the end of the
Valuation  Period  during  which  the  request for transfer is received at the
Annuity Service Center.

                            WITHDRAWAL PROVISIONS

WITHDRAWALS  :  During  the  Accumulation  Period, the Owner may, upon Written
Request, make a total or partial withdrawal of the Contract Withdrawal Value.

Unless the Owner instructs the Company otherwise, a partial withdrawal will be
made from the Separate Account. A partial withdrawal from the Separate Account
will  result  in  the  cancellation of Accumulation Units from each applicable
Sub-Account in the ratio that the Owner's interest in the Sub-Account bears to
the  total  Contract  Value  allocated to the Separate Account. The Owner must
specify by Written Request in advance which Sub-Account Accumulation Units are
to be cancelled if other than the above method is desired.

A  partial  withdrawal  is  taken first from the Contract Withdrawal Value for
which  the  Free  Withdrawal  provision  applies  and  then  from the Contract
Withdrawal  Value  for  which a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is applied. A
partial withdrawal from the Fixed Account is made for a Contract with multiple
Contributions  during  the  Guarantee  Period  by  a  withdrawal  from  the
Contribution with the most recent Effective Date.

The  Company  will  pay the amount of any withdrawal from the Separate Account
within  seven  (7)  days  of  receipt  of  a  request in good order unless the
Suspension or Deferral of Payments Provision is in effect.

Each  partial  withdrawal  must  be  for  an amount which is not less than the
amount  shown  on the Contract Schedule. The minimum Contract Value which must
remain  in  a Sub-Account, or in the Fixed Account, after a partial withdrawal
is shown on the Contract Schedule.

CONTINGENT  DEFERRED  SALES  CHARGE  :  Upon  a withdrawal of the unliquidated
Contribution  a  Contingent Deferred Sales Charge as set forth on the Contract
Schedule  will  be  assessed. The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will not be
assessed  under  certain  circumstances  as set forth on the Contract Schedule
under "Free Withdrawal."

                          PROCEEDS PAYABLE ON DEATH

DEATH  OF  OWNER DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD : Upon the death of the Owner,
or  Joint  Owner, prior to the Annuity Date, the death benefit will be paid to
the Beneficiary(ies) designated by the Owner. Upon the death of a Joint Owner,
the surviving Joint Owner, if any, will be treated as the Primary Beneficiary.
Any  other  Beneficiary  designation  on  record  at the time of death will be
treated as a Contingent Beneficiary.

A  Beneficiary  may  request  that  the death benefit be paid under one of the
Death  Benefit Options below. If the Beneficiary is the spouse of the Owner he
or  she  may elect to continue the Contract at the then current Contract Value
in his or her own name and exercise all the Owner's rights under the Contract.

DEATH  BENEFIT  AMOUNT DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD : The death benefit will
be  the Contract Value determined as of the end of the Valuation Period during
which  the  Company  receives  both due proof of death and an election for the
payment method less any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge determined
at the time the death benefit is paid.

DEATH  BENEFIT  OPTIONS  DURING  THE  ACCUMULATION  PERIOD  :  A  non-spousal
Beneficiary must elect the death benefit to be paid under one of the following
options in the event of the death of the Owner during the Accumulation Period:

     OPTION 1 - lump sum payment of the death benefit; or

     OPTION 2 - the payment of the entire death benefit within 5 years of the
date of the death of the Owner; or

     OPTION 3 - payment of the death benefit under an Annuity Option over the
lifetime  of  the  Beneficiary  or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy  of  the Beneficiary with distribution beginning within one year of
the date of death of the Owner or any Joint Owner.

Any portion of the death benefit not applied under Option 3 within one year of
the  date  of  the Owner's death, must be distributed within five years of the
date of death.

A  spousal  Beneficiary  may  elect to continue the Contract in his or her own
name at the then current Contract Value, elect a lump sum payment of the death
benefit or apply the death benefit to an Annuity Option.

If  a  lump sum payment is requested, the amount will be paid within seven (7)
days  of  receipt of proof of death and the election, unless the Suspension or
Deferral of Payments Provision is in effect.

Payment  to  the  Beneficiary, other than in a single sum, may only be elected
during  the  sixty-day  period  beginning with the date of receipt of proof of
death.

DEATH OF OWNER DURING THE ANNUITY PERIOD : If the Owner, or a Joint Owner, who
is  not  the Annuitant, dies during the Annuity Period, any remaining payments
under  the  Annuity  Option elected will continue at least as rapidly as under
the  method of distribution in effect at such Owner's death. Upon the death of
the Owner during the Annuity Period, the Beneficiary becomes the Owner.

DEATH  OF  ANNUITANT  :  Upon the death of an Annuitant, who is not the Owner,
during  the  Accumulation  Period,  the  Owner  may designate a new Annuitant,
subject  to the Company's underwriting rules then in effect. If no designation
is  made  within  30 days of the death of the Annuitant, the Owner will become
the  Annuitant.  If  the  Owner  is  a  non-natural  person,  the death of the
Annuitant  will  be  treated as the death of the Owner and a new Annuitant may
not be designated.

Upon  the death of the Annuitant during the Annuity Period, the death benefit,
if  any,  will  be  as specified in the Annuity Option elected. Death benefits
will be paid at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect
at the Annuitant's death.

PAYMENT  OF DEATH BENEFIT : The Company will require due proof of death before
any death benefit is paid. Due proof of death will be:

     1.  a certified death Certificate; or

     2.  a certified decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the
finding of death; or

     3.  any other proof satisfactory to the Company.

All  death  benefits  will  be  paid  in  accordance  with  applicable  law or
regulations governing death benefit payments.

BENEFICIARY  :  The  Beneficiary  designation in effect on the Issue Date will
remain  in  effect  until changed.  The Beneficiary is entitled to receive the
benefits to be paid at the death of the Owner.

Unless  the  Owner provides otherwise, the death benefit will be paid in equal
shares to the survivor(s) as follows:

     1.  to the Primary Beneficiary(ies) who survive the Owner's and/or the
Annuitant's death, as applicable; or if there are none

     2.  to the Contingent Beneficiary(ies) who survive the Owner's and/or the
Annuitant's death, as applicable; or if there are none

     3.  to the estate of the Owner.

CHANGE  OF  BENEFICIARY  :  Subject  to  the  rights  of  any  irrevocable
Beneficiary(ies),  the  Owner  may  change  the  Primary  Beneficiary(ies)  or
Contingent  Beneficiary(ies).  A  change  may  be made by Written Request. The
change  will  take  effect  as  of the date the Written Request is signed. The
Company  will  not  be  liable  for any payment made or action taken before it
records the change.

                 SUSPENSION OR DEFERRAL OF PAYMENTS PROVISION

The  Company  reserves  the  right  to  suspend  or postpone payments from the
Separate Account for a withdrawal or transfer for any period when:

     1.  the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend
and holiday closings);

     2.  trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;

     3.  an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of securities held
in  the Separate Account is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably
practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's net assets; or

     4.  during any other period when the Securities and Exchange Commission,
by order, so permits for the protection of Owners;

provided  that applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission  will  govern as to whether the conditions described in (2) and (3)
exist.

The  Company  further  reserves  the right to postpone payments from the Fixed
Account for a period of up to six months.

              OWNER, ANNUITANT, OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS

OWNER  :  The  Owner  has all interest and right to amounts held in his or her
Contract. The Owner is the person designated as such on the Issue Date, unless
changed.

The  Owner  may change owners of the Contract at any time prior to the Annuity
Date by Written Request. A Change of Owner will automatically revoke any prior
designation  of  Owner.  The  change  will become effective as of the date the
Written  Request  is  signed. A new designation of Owner will not apply to any
payment made or action taken by the Company prior to the time it was received.

JOINT  OWNER  :  A  Contract can be owned by Joint Owners. If Joint Owners are
named,  any  Joint Owner must be the spouse of the other Owner. Upon the death
of  either  Owner,  the  surviving spouse will be the Primary Beneficiary. Any
other  Beneficiary  designation  will  be  treated as a Contingent Beneficiary
unless otherwise indicated in a Written Request.

ANNUITANT  :  The  Annuitant  is the person on whose life Annuity Payments are
based.  The Annuitant is the person designated by the Owner at the Issue Date,
unless  changed prior to the Annuity Date. The Annuitant may not be changed in
a  Contract which is owned by a non-natural person. Any change of Annuitant is
subject to the Company's underwriting rules then in effect.

ASSIGNMENT  OF  THE  CONTRACT  :  A Written Request specifying the terms of an
assignment  of  the  Contract  must be provided to the Annuity Service Center.
Until  the  Written  Request  is received, the Company will not be required to
take  notice of or be responsible for any transfer of interest in the Contract
by assignment, agreement, or otherwise.

The  Company  will  not be responsible for the validity or tax consequences of
any assignment. Any assignment made after the death benefit has become payable
will be valid only with the Company's consent.

If the Contract is assigned, the Owner's rights may only be exercised with the
consent of the assignee of record.

                              ANNUITY PROVISIONS

GENERAL  :  On  the  Annuity Date, the Adjusted Contract Value will be applied
under  the  Annuity Option selected by the Owner. Annuity Payments may be made
on a fixed or variable basis or both.

ANNUITY  DATE  :  The Annuity Date is selected by the Owner at the Issue Date.
The  Annuity  Date is shown on the Contract Schedule. The Annuity Date must be
the  first  day  of  a calendar month and must be at least one month after the
Issue  Date. The Annuity Date may not be later than when the Annuitant reaches
attained age 85 or 10 years after the Issue Date for issue ages after age 75.

Prior  to  the  Annuity  Date,  the Owner subject to the above, may change the
Annuity  Date  by Written Request. Any change must be requested at least seven
(7) days prior to the new Annuity Date.

SELECTION OF AN ANNUITY OPTION : An Annuity Option is selected by the Owner at
the  time  the  Contract  is  issued. Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner can
change  the  Annuity  Option  selected  by Written Request. Any change must be
requested at least seven (7) days prior to the Annuity Date.

FREQUENCY  AND  AMOUNT  OF  ANNUITY  PAYMENTS  :  Annuity Payments are paid in
monthly  installments.  The  Adjusted Contract Value is applied to the Annuity
Table  for  the Annuity Options selected. If the Adjusted Contract Value to be
applied  under an Annuity Option is less than $2,000, the Company reserves the
right  to  make a lump sum payment in lieu of Annuity Payments. If the Annuity
Payment  would  be or become less than $200 where only a Fixed Annuity Payment
or  a  Variable  Annuity  is  selected,  or if the Annuity Payment would be or
become  less  than $100 on each basis when a combination of Fixed and Variable
Annuities  are  selected, the Company will reduce the frequency of payments to
an  interval which will result in each payment being at least $200, or $100 on
each basis if a combination of Fixed and Variable Annuities is selected.

ANNUITY  OPTIONS  :  The following Annuity Options or any other Annuity Option
acceptable to the Company may be selected:

     OPTION A. LIFE ANNUITY : Monthly Annuity Payments during the life of the
Annuitant.

     OPTION  B.  LIFE ANNUITY WITH PERIOD CERTAIN OF 120 MONTHS : Monthly
Annuity Payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and in any event for one
hundred  twenty  (120)  months. If the Beneficiary does not desire payments to
continue  for  the remainder of the guarantee period, he/she may elect to have
the  present  value  of the guaranteed annuity payments remaining commuted and
paid in a lump sum.

     OPTION C. JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY : Monthly Annuity Payments payable
during  the  joint  lifetime  of  the Annuitant and a Joint Annuitant and then
during the lifetime of the survivor at 66 2/3%.

     OPTION D. PERIOD CERTAIN : Monthly payments will be made for a specified
period.  The  specified  period  must be at least ten (10) years and cannot be
more than thirty (30) years. If the Owner does not desire payments to continue
for the remainder of the selected period, he/she may elect to have the present
value  of the remaining payments to be made from the Separate Account commuted
and  paid  in a lump sum or as an Annuity Option purchased at the date of such
election.

Annuity  Options  A,  B,  C  and  D  are available on a Fixed Annuity basis, a
Variable  Annuity  basis  or  a  combination  of both. If no Annuity Option is
selected,  Option B will automatically be applied. Election of a Fixed Annuity
or  a  Variable  Annuity must be made no later than fifteen (15) days prior to
the  Annuity  Date.  If  no  election is made as between a Fixed Annuity and a
Variable Annuity, the Variable Annuity will be the default option.

ANNUITY : If the Owner selects a Fixed Annuity, the Adjusted Contract Value is
allocated  to  the General Account and the Annuity is paid as a Fixed Annuity.
If  the  Owner selects a Variable Annuity, the Adjusted Contract Value will be
allocated  to  the  Sub-Account of the Separate Account in accordance with the
selection  made  by  the  Owner,  and  the  Annuity will be paid as a Variable
Annuity.  The  Owner  can  also  select  a combination of a Fixed and Variable
Annuity  and the Adjusted Contract Value will be allocated accordingly. Unless
the  Owner specifies otherwise, the payee of the Annuity Payments shall be the
Owner.

The  Adjusted  Contract  Value will be applied to the applicable Annuity Table
contained in the Contract based upon the Annuity Option selected by the Owner.
The  amount of the first payment for each $1,000 of Adjusted Contract Value is
shown  in  the Annuity Tables. If, as of the Annuity Date, the current Annuity
Option  rates applicable to this class of Contracts provide an initial Annuity
Payment  greater  than  that  guaranteed under the same Annuity Option under a
Contract, the greater payment will be made.

FIXED  ANNUITY  :  The  Owner  may  elect  to have the Adjusted Contract Value
applied  to  provide  a Fixed Annuity. The dollar amount of each Fixed Annuity
Payment  shall  be  determined  in accordance with Annuity Tables contained in
this  Contract  which  are based on the minimum guaranteed interest rate of 3%
per  year.  The dollar amount of each Fixed Annuity Payment will be reduced by
the  applicable  portion of the Contract Maintenance Charge. After the initial
Fixed  Annuity Payment, the payments will not change regardless of investment,
mortality or expense experience.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY  :  Variable  Annuity  Payments  reflect  the  investment
performance  of  the Separate Account in accordance with the allocation of the
Adjusted  Contract  Value  to  the  Sub-Accounts  during  the  Annuity Period.
Variable Annuity Payments are not guaranteed as to dollar amount.

The  dollar  amount  of  the  first  Variable Annuity Payment is determined in
accordance  with  the description above. The dollar amount of Variable Annuity
Payments  for  each  applicable  Sub-Account  after the first Variable Annuity
Payment is determined as follows:

     1.  The dollar amount of the first Variable Annuity Payment is divided by
the value of an Annuity Unit for each applicable Sub-Account as of the Annuity
Date.  This  sets the number of Annuity Units for each monthly payment for the
applicable  Sub-Account.  The  number  of  Annuity  Units  for each applicable
Sub-Account remains fixed during the Annuity Period;

     2.  The fixed number of Annuity Units per payment in each Sub-Account is
multiplied  by  the  Annuity  Unit  Value  for  that  Sub-Account for the last
Valuation  Period  of  the  month preceding the month for which the payment is
due.  This  result  is  the  dollar  amount of the payment for each applicable
Sub-Account.

The  total  dollar  amount  of each Variable Annuity Payment is the sum of all
Sub-Account Variable Annuity Payments reduced by the applicable portion of the
Contract Maintenance Charge.

ANNUITY  UNIT  :  The  value  of  any Annuity Unit for each Sub-Account of the
Separate Account was arbitrarily set initially at $10.

The  Sub-Account  Annuity  Unit  Value  at the end of any subsequent Valuation
Period  is  determined  by subtracting (2) from (1) and dividing the result by
(3) and dividing the result by the Assumed Investment Rate Factor (1.04 raised
to  a  power  equal  to  the number of years in the current valuation period),
which  neutralizes  the  assumed  net  investment rate which is built into the
annuity  rate  tables  and  which  is  not  applicable  because the actual net
investment rate is credited instead. Where:

     1.  is the net result of:

         a.  the assets of the Sub-Account attributable to Annuity Units; plus
             or minus

         b.  the cumulative charges or credit for taxes reserved which is
             determined by the Company to have resulted from the operation of
             the Sub-Account.

     2.  is the cumulative unpaid charge for the Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge,  for  the  Administrative Charge, for the Distribution Charge, if any,
and  for  the  Enhanced  Death  Benefit Charge, if any, which are shown on the
Contract Schedule; and

     3.  is the number of Annuity Units outstanding at the end of the Valuation
Period.

The value of an Annuity Unit may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
Valuation Period.

MORTALITY  TABLES  :  The  Annuity Tables contained in the Contract utilize an
Assumed  Investment  Rate  of 4% for the determination of the initial Variable
Annuity  Payment  and  a  minimum  guaranteed  rate  of  3%  per  year for the
determination of the monthly Fixed Annuity Payment.

The mortality table used in determining the Annuity Purchase Rates for Options
A, B, and C is the 1983 IAM Table, with Projection Scale G.

The dollar amount of an Annuity Payment for any Age or combination of Ages not
shown  in  the Tables or for any other form of Annuity Option agreed to by the
Company will be provided by the Company upon request.

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

THE CONTRACT : The entire Contract consists of this Contract, the Application,
if any, and any riders or endorsements attached to this Contract.

This  Contract  may  be  changed  or  altered  only  by  the President or Vice
President  and  the  Secretary  of the Company. A change or alteration must be
made in writing.

MISSTATEMENT  OF  AGE  :  If  the Age of any Annuitant has been misstated, any
Annuity  benefits payable will be the Annuity benefits provided by the correct
Age.  After  Annuity Payments have begun, any underpayments will be made up in
one  sum with the next Annuity Payment. Any overpayments will be deducted from
future Annuity Payments until the total is repaid.

INCONTESTABILITY  : This Contract will not be contestable after it has been in
force for a period of two years from the Issue Date.

MODIFICATION  :  This Contract may be modified in order to maintain compliance
with applicable state and federal law.

NON-PARTICIPATING  :  This  Contract  will  not  share  in any distribution of
dividends.

EVIDENCE  OF  SURVIVAL  : The Company may require satisfactory evidence of the
continued survival of any person(s) on whose life Annuity Payments are based.

PROOF  OF  AGE  :  The Company may require evidence of Age of any Annuitant or
Owner.

PROTECTION  OF  PROCEEDS  : To the extent permitted by law, death benefits and
Annuity  Payments  shall  be  free  from  legal  process  and the claim of any
creditor if the person is entitled to them under this Contract. No payment and
no  amount  under  this  Contract  can  be taken or assigned in advance of its
payment date unless the Company receives the Owner's written consent.

REPORTS : At least once each calendar year, the Company will furnish the Owner
with  a  report showing the Contract Value and any other information as may be
required  by  law.  The  Company  will  also  furnish  an annual report of the
Separate Account. Reports will be sent to the last known address of the Owner.

TAXES  :  Any  taxes paid to any governmental entity relating to this Contract
will  be  deducted  from the Contribution or Contract Value when incurred. The
Company will, in its sole discretion, determine when taxes have resulted from:
the  investment  experience of the Separate Account; receipt by the Company of
Contributions;  or  commencement  of Annuity Payments. The Company may, in its
sole  discretion,  pay taxes when due and deduct that amount from the Contract
Value at a later date. Payment at an earlier date does not waive any right the
Company  may  have  to deduct amounts at a later date. The Company will deduct
any withholding taxes required by applicable law.

The  Company  reserves  the  right to establish a provision for federal income
taxes  if it determines, in its sole discretion, that it will incur a tax as a
result  of  the operation of the Separate Account. The Company will deduct for
any  income  taxes incurred by it as a result of the operation of the Separate
Account  whether  or not there was a provision for taxes and whether or not it
was sufficient.

REGULATORY  REQUIREMENTS  : All values payable under this Contract will not be
less  than  the  minimum  benefits required by the laws and regulations of the
states in which this Contract is delivered.

                                ANNUITY TABLES

FIXED ANNUITY SETTLEMENT OPTIONS

Based  on  1983  Individual  Annuity  Mortality Table with Projection Scale G,
interest  at  3%  per  annum,  and  the annuitant's issue age, sex and year of
issue.

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>  <C>               <C>               <C>                   <C>

     OPTION A          OPTION B          OPTION C              OPTION D
     Monthly Payments  Monthly Payments  Monthly Payments      Period Certain
     Life Only         Life & 10 Year    Joint & 2/3 Survivor
                       Certain           Male & Female
                                                               Number of   Monthly
Age                                      Equal Age             Years    Payments

55               4.23              4.18                  3.84         10      9.61
56               4.30              4.25                  3.90         11      8.86
57               4.38              4.32                  3.96         12      8.23
58               4.46              4.40                  4.02         13      7.71
59               4.55              4.48                  4.09         14      7.25
60               4.64              4.56                  4.16         15      6.86
61               4.74              4.65                  4.23         16      6.52
62               4.84              4.75                  4.31         17      6.22
63               4.95              4.84                  4.39         18      5.96
64               5.07              4.94                  4.48         19      5.72
65               5.19              5.05                  4.57         20      5.51
66               5.33              5.16                  4.67         25      4.70
67               5.47              5.28                  4.78         30      4.18
68               5.61              5.40                  4.89
69               5.77              5.52                  5.01
70               5.94              5.65                  5.13
71               6.11              5.78                  5.27
72               6.30              5.92                  5.41
73               6.49              6.06                  5.56
74               6.69              6.20                  5.71
75               6.91              6.35                  5.88
</TABLE>



Annuitant's Issue Age and Sex:     50, Male
Issue Year:     1995


<PAGE>
VARIABLE ANNUITY SETTLEMENT OPTIONS

Based  on 1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table with Projection Scale G, AIR
at 4% per annum, and the annuitant's issue age, sex and year of issue.

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>



<S>  <C>               <C>               <C>                   <C>

     OPTION A          OPTION B          OPTION C              OPTION D
     Monthly Payments  Monthly Payments  Monthly Payments      Period Certain
     Life Only         Life & 10 Year    Joint & 2/3 Survivor
                       Certain           Male & Female
                                                               Number of   Monthly
Age                                      Equal Age             Years    Payments

55               4.83              4.77                  4.44         10     10.05
56               4.90              4.84                  4.50         11      9.31
57               4.98              4.91                  4.55         12      8.69
58               5.06              4.98                  4.62         13      8.16
59               5.14              5.06                  4.68         14      7.72
60               5.23              5.14                  4.75         15      7.33
61               5.33              5.23                  4.82         16      7.00
62               5.43              5.32                  4.90         17      6.70
63               5.54              5.42                  4.98         18      6.44
64               5.66              5.52                  5.07         19      6.21
65               5.79              5.62                  5.16         20      6.00
66               5.92              5.73                  5.26         25      5.22
67               6.06              5.84                  5.36         30      4.71
68               6.21              5.96                  5.47
69               6.37              6.08                  5.59
70               6.53              6.21                  5.71
71               6.71              6.34                  5.85
72               6.89              6.47                  5.99
73               7.09              6.61                  6.14
74               7.29              6.75                  6.29
75               7.51              6.89                  6.46
</TABLE>




Annuitant's Issue Age and Sex:     50, Male

Issue Year:     1995


<PAGE>
           INDIVIDUAL FIXED AND VARIABLE DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACT
                         WITH FLEXIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS
                               NONPARTICIPATING



ANNUITY  PAYMENTS,  WITHDRAWAL  VALUES AND THE DEATH BENEFITS PROVIDED BY THIS
CONTRACT, WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, ARE
VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT.

                              EXHIBIT 99.B5

LONDON PACIFIC LIFE &
ANNUITY COMPANY [LOGO]
POST OFFICE BOX 29564                             VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION
RALEIGH, NC 27626-0564                                        REGENCY SERIES I


INSTRUCTIONS:  Please  type or print in permanent black ink. This form will be
photocopied.

1.  OWNER

    ______________________________________   SSN or Tax I.D.    ____/____/____
    Name (First, Middle Initial, Last)
                                                                       Maximum
    ______________________________________   Date of birth ___ ____ ___ Age 85
    Name/Trustee                                            mo. day  yr.

    ______________________________________   Gender: [ ] Male [ ] Female
    Street Address

    ______________________________________   Daytime phone number (  )________
    City                State      Zip

______________________________________________________________________________

2.  JOINT OWNER
    (Optional) Spouse Only, Non-Qualified Only

    ______________________________________   Social Security    ____/____/____
    Name (First, Middle Initial, Last)
                                                                       Maximum
    ______________________________________   Date of birth ___ ____ ___ Age 85
    Street Address                                          mo. day  yr.

    ______________________________________   Gender: [ ] Male [ ] Female
    City                State     Zip
                                             Daytime phone number (  )________

______________________________________________________________________________

3.  ANNUITANT
(Required) Must be natural person

    ______________________________________   Social Security    ____/____/____
    Name (First, Middle Initial, Last)
                                                                       Maximum
    ______________________________________   Date of birth ___ ____ ___ Age 85
    Street Address                                          mo. day  yr.

    ______________________________________   Annuity Start Date ____ ____ ____
    City                State     Zip                            mo. day   yr.

    Relationship to Owner_________________   Gender: [ ] Male [ ] Female

                                             Daytime phone number (  )________

______________________________________________________________________________

4.  BENEFICIARY
    In the event of death, any surviving joint owner becomes the primary
    beneficiary.

    Primary______________________________    Relationship____________________

    _____________________________________    Relationship____________________

    Contingent___________________________    Relationship____________________

______________________________________________________________________________

5.  TYPE OF PLAN
    [ ] Non-qualified   [ ] Qualified:
                            [ ] Contribution to IRA $_____ Tax Yr.____
                            [ ] Rollover to IRA
                            [ ] Direct IRA Transfer
                            [ ] Simplified Employee Pension IRA
                                [ ] Employer Contribution
                                [ ] Employee Contribution
______________________________________________________________________________

6.  INVESTMENT
    Initial minimum: $10,000

    Initial investment amount $________________________
    ($1000 for qualified plans)
______________________________________________________________________________

7.  INVESTMENT ALLOCATION
    - Use whole percentages.
    - 10% minimum contribution to Sub-Accounts selected.
    - Total must equal 100%.

    ____% Salomon U.S. Bond     ____% Berkeley Smaller Co. ____% Fixed Account

    ____% Strong International  ____% Strong Growth

    ____% MFS Total Return      ____% Lexington Corp. Ldr.

    ____% Salomon Money Market  ____% MAS Value

When  a  return of contribution is required by law during the Right to Examine
Contract  period,  London Pacific Life & Annuity Company (LPL&A) will allocate
the  contribution  to  the  Money  Market  Sub-Account  as  described  in  the
prospectus.  Thereafter,  contributions  will  be allocated as directed by the
Owner. Written notification is required to change allocation schedule.
______________________________________________________________________________

8.  REPLACEMENT

    Will the proposed contract replace any existing annuity or life insurance
    policy?

    [ ] Yes   [ ] No
    (If yes, list company name, plan and year of issue in Section 14.)
______________________________________________________________________________

9.  SIGNATURES
All statements  made  in  this application (including on the reverse side) are 
true to the best of our knowledge  and  belief,  and we agree to all terms and
conditions  as  shown  on  the  front  and  back.  We  further agree that this
application  shall  be  a  part  of  the  annuity  contract,  and  verify  our
understanding  that  all  payments  and  values provided by the contract, when
based  on  investment experience of the Separate Account, are variable and not
guaranteed  as  to  dollar  amount.  We  acknowledge  receipt  of  a  current
prospectus.  Under  penalty  of  perjury,  the owner certifies that the Social
Security  (or taxpayer identification) number is correct as it appears in this
application.

Signed at City____________________________ State________________ Date_________

SIGNATURE OF OWNER____________________________________________________________

SIGNATURE OF JOINT OWNER______________________________________________________

SIGNATURE OF ANNUITANT________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

See  reverse  side  for  options  including:  Dollar Cost Averaging. Telephone
transfer.  Systematic  Withdrawal  program.  Periodic investment plan. Note to
representatives: You MUST complete Sections 14 through 18 on the reverse side.



10.  DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
     - Monthly only.
     - Use whole percentages.
     - Total must equal 100%.
     - 10% minimum to any Sub-Account selected.
     - 12-month minimum period.

Provide dollar cost averaging as follows: ($20,000 minimum contract value)
     [ ] Future Earnings
     [ ] Sub-Account Value over ____ years
     [ ] $_____________________ per month (minimum $500)

From (select one):
     [ ] Salomon Money Market;   [ ] Fixed Account;   [ ] Salomon U.S. Bond:

Info: _______% Salomon U.S. Bond    ______% Berkeley Smaller Co.

      _______% Strong International ______% Strong Growth

      _______% MFS Total Return     ______% Lexington Corp. Ldr.

                                    _______% MAS Value

Effective Start Date: No sooner than 1 month after policy date or on
_____/_____/_____, if later.
 mo.   day   yr.

Initials of contract owner: ___________      Date______________

______________________________________________________________________________

11.  TELEPHONE TRANSFER
     (Minimum transfer $500)

[  ] I hereby authorize and direct LPL&A to accept telephone instructions from
any  person  who  can  furnish  proper  identification to exchange values from
Sub-Account  and/or  Fixed  Account to Sub-Account and/or Fixed Account. LPL&A
will  employ  reasonable  procedures  to  confirm instructions communicated by
telephone  are  genuine; and if it does not, it may be liable for any loss due
to  unauthorized  or  fraudulent  instructions.  LPL&A  will not be liable for
following  instructions  communicated by telephone that it reasonably believes
to be genuine.

Initials of contract owner: ___________      Date______________

______________________________________________________________________________

12.  SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
     - Amounts in excess of 10% per year of the unliquidated contribution may
       be subject to contingent deferred sales charge.
     - Minimum payment $100.

Provide systematic withdrawals as follows: ($20,000 minimum contract value)
     [ ] Future Earnings
     [ ] Sub-Account Value over ____ years
     [ ] $_____________________ Pro-Rata from all investment allocations

Withdraw from:
     $_______ Salomon U.S. Bond     $______ Berkeley Smaller Co.

     $_______ Strong International  $______ Strong Growth

     $_______ MFS Total Return      $______ Lexington Corp. Ldr.

     $_______ Salomon Money Mkt.    $______ MAS Value

                                    $______ Fixed Account

Effective Start Date: No sooner than 1 month after policy date or on
_____/_____/_____, if later.
 mo.   day   yr.

[ ] I do not wish to have federal income tax withheld.

Payment Mode:                          Send to:

[ ] Annual        [ ] Semi-annual      [ ] Direct Credit to bank account
                                           (submit voided CHECK)
[ ] Quarterly     [ ] Monthly          [ ] Payment mailed to address of record
                                       [ ] Other______________________________

(Please  note: If the systematic withdrawal is from a specific Sub-Account and
there  is  no  longer any value in this Sub-Account, the systematic withdrawal
program  will  terminate.  New  instructions  will  be  required  to restart a
program.)

Initials of contract owner: ___________      Date______________

______________________________________________________________________________

13.  PERIODIC INVESTMENT PLAN

     [ ] Investment amount $_____________. (minimum $100)

     Check one: [ ] Semi-annual [ ] Quarterly

                [ ] Monthly (EFT only) ATTACH VOIDED CHECK - NO deposit slips.

Effective Start Date: No sooner than 1 month after policy date or on
_____/_____/_____, if later.
 mo.   day   yr.

Initials of contract owner: ___________      Date______________

______________________________________________________________________________

THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS MUST BE COMPLETED BY THE REPRESENTATIVE. PLEASE TYPE OR
PRINT IN PERMANENT BLACK INK.
______________________________________________________________________________

14.  INSURANCE IN FORCE

     Does this contract replace or change any other life insurance or annuity
     in this or any other company? [ ] Yes    [ ] No

     If yes, please list company name, plan, policy date, and amount below.
     Also, complete appropriate state replacement forms, if applicable.
    _________________________________________________________________________

     _________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

15.  ADDITIONAL REMARKS

     _________________________________________________________________________

     _________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

16.  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     [ ] Yes. Please send me a statement of additional information.

______________________________________________________________________________

17.  DEALER INFORMATION

     ___________________________________________    __________________________
     Representative name (please print)             Representative number

     ___________________________________________    (____)____________________
     Investment dealer name                         Representative phone

______________________________________________________________________________

18.  REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE

The  representative  hereby  certifies  he/she  witnessed  the signature(s) in
section  9  and  that all information contained in this application is true to
the best of his or her knowledge and belief.

Signature________________________________________ Date______________________

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA                                DEPARTMENT OF THE
                                                       SECRETARY OF STATE

_________________________________________________________________________


     TO ALL WHOM THESE PRESENTS SHALL COME, GREETINGS:
      I, RUFUS L. EDMISTEN, Secretary of State of the State of North Carolina,
do hereby certify the following and hereto attached to be a true copy of

                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                    LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY


the original of which is not on file and is a matter of record in this office.

                             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand
                            and affixed my official seal at the City of
                            Raleigh, this 2nd day of June, 1994.



                                      /S/ RUFUS L. EDMISTEN
                                      _____________________________________
                                            Secretary of State


                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                      OF

                         DIXIE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


       This is to certify that we, the undersigned, ten in number, all of whom
are citizens and residents of the State of North Carolina, do hereby associate
ourselves  into  a corporation under and by virtue of the laws of the State of
North Carolina, and particularly those laws contained in Consolidated Statutes
and amendments thereto under Chapter 106, and to that end do hereby set forth:
     1.  That the name of the company shall be Dixie Life Insurance Company.
     2.  The location of the principal office of the corporation in the State
of  North Carolina shall be at Raleigh; but that it may have such other branch
offices and places of business, both in and out of the State of North
Carolina, as its Board of Directors may deem advisable.
     3.  The objects for which this corporation is formed are as follows:
       (a) To carry on, as a stock corporation, the business of life, accident
and health insurance, and to grant and purchase annuities.  It shall also have
the power to re-insure any risks which it may have taken, and may accept
re-insurance upon risks taken by other insurance companies.
     4.  The authorized capital stock is One Hundred Thousand ($100,000.00)
Dollars  divided  into one thousand (1,000) shares of par value of One Hundred
Dollars ($100.00) per share, but the corporation may organize when Twenty-Five
Thousand  ($25,000.00)  Dollars  of  the capital stock composed of two hundred
fifty shares and a surplus of Twelve Thousand Five Hundred ($12,500.00)
Dollars  shall  have  been subscribed for, but the corporation shall not write
any  insurance  until the capital stock and surplus in this paragraph provided
for shall have been subscribed and paid for in cash.
     5.  The names and post office address of the subscribers for stock are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



<S>                   <C>                  <C>
          Name              P.O. Address           No. Shares

    Hugh Stephens            Raleigh, NC                   10

    W.F. Utley               Raleigh, NC                   10

    H.E. Satterfield         Raleigh, NC                  145

    W.C. Twiddy              Raleigh, NC                   10

    M.B. Maynard             Raleigh, NC                    1

    D.S. McMillan            Raleigh, NC                    1

    G.B. Satterfield         Raleigh, NC                   70

    B.H. Parker, Jr.         Gastonia, NC                   1

    H.G. Utley               Gastonia, NC                   1

    C.H. Rogers              Raleigh, NC                    1
</TABLE>


     6.  The period of the existence of this corporation is unlimited.
     7.  The corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors of such
number as may be fixed by the by-laws of the Company, which by-laws shall
prescribe the rules of government of said corporation.
     8.  The Board of Directors shall have power, by vote of a majority of all
the directors, to make, alter, amend and rescind the by-laws of the
corporation, which shall remain in full force and effect until amended or
rescinded by the stockholders, or until amended as provided herein.
     In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and affixed our seals,
this the 1st day of October, 1927.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                   <C>

    Hugh Stephens     /S/ HUGH STEPHENS             (SEAL)
                      ------------------------------------

    W.F. Utley        /S/ W.F. UTLEY                (SEAL)
                      ------------------------------------

    H.E. Satterfield  /S/ H. E. SATTERFIELD         (SEAL)
                      ------------------------------------

    W.C. Twiddy       /S/ W.C. TWIDDY               (SEAL)
                      ------------------------------------

    M.B. Maynard      /S/ M.B. MAYNARD              (SEAL)
                      ------------------------------------

    D.S. McMillan     /S/ D.S. McMILLAN             (SEAL)
                      ------------------------------------

    G.B. Satterfield  /S/ G.B. SATTERFIELD          (SEAL)
                      ------------------------------------

    B.H. Parker, Jr.  /S/ B.H. PARKER, JR.          (SEAL)
                      ------------------------------------

    H.G. Utley        /S/ H.G. UTLEY                (SEAL)
                      ------------------------------------

    C.H. Rogers       /S/ C.H. ROGERS               (SEAL)
                      ------------------------------------
</TABLE>



North Carolina

Wake County

     I, R.H. Merritt Notary Public in and for the State and County aforesaid,
do hereby certify that H.E. Satterfield and G.B. Satterfield personally
appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due execution of the
foregoing certificate of incorporation of Dixie Life Insurance Company for the
purposes therein expressed.
     Witness my hand and notarial seal, this the 1st day of October, 1927.

                                         /S/ R.H. MERRITT
                                         _________________________________
                                                   Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

March 11, 1928
____________________________

North Carolina,

Wake County.

     I, R.H. Merritt Notary Public, in and for the State and County aforesaid,
do hereby certify that M.B. Maynard and D.S. McMillan personally appeared
before me this day and acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing
certificate  of incorporation of Dixie Life Insurance Company for the purposes
therein expressed.
     Witness my hand and notarial seal, this the 1st day of October, 1927.

                                         /S/ R.H. MERRITT
                                         _________________________________
                                                   Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

March 11, 1928
____________________________

North Carolina,

Wake County.


       I, Ella Grant, Notary Public in and for the State and County aforesaid,
do hereby certify that W.F. Utley, B.H. Parker, Jr., H.G. Utley and C.H.
Rogers personally appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due
execution of the foregoing certificate of incorporation of Dixie Life
Insurance Company for the purposes therein expressed.
     Witness my hand and notarial seal, this the 2nd day of October, 1927.

                                           /S/ ELLA GRANT
                                           __________________________
                                                   Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

December 9, 1928


__________________________


North Carolina,

Wake County,

     I, Irma T. Smith, Notary Public, in and for the State and County
aforesaid,  do  hereby  certify  that W.C. Twiddy and Hugh Stephens personally
appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due execution of the
foregoing certificate of incorporation of Dixie Life Insurance Company for the
purposes therein expressed.
     Witness my hand and notarial seal, this the 3rd day of October, 1927.

                                         /S/ IRMA T. SMITH
                                         _________________________________
                                                  Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

May 13, 1928
___________________________


                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                                   RALEIGH



                                                     October 14, 1927.



       I, STACEY W. WADE, INSURANCE COMMISSIONER IN AND FOR THE STATE OF NORTH
CAROLINA,  DO  HEREBY  CERTIFY  THAT I have examined the foregoing Articles of
Incorporation  of  the DIXIE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY of RALEIGH, the same being
in  compliance  with  the Law and I hereby approve and certify the same to the
Honorable Secretary of State as required by law.





     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I HAVE HEREUNTO SET MY HAND AND AFFIXED MY OFFICIAL
SEAL AT THE CITY OF RALEIGH, THIS THE FOURTEENTH DAY OF OCTOBER A.D. 1927.

                                       /S/ STACEY W. WADE
                                       _______________________________________
                                       INSURANCE COMMISSIONER


                               CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                               to the Charter of Dixie Life Insurance Company
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA  :
COUNTY OF WAKE           :

     I hereby certify that at an adjourned regular meeting of the stockholders
of  Dixie  Life  Insurance company, held at the home office of said Company on
the  15th  day  of April, A.D., 1931, at 3:00 o'clock P.M., pursuant to notice
required  by  law, which said notice was deposited in the post office properly
addressed and posted as required by the Company's By-Laws, to each
stockholder, signed in the manner provided in the By-Laws of said Company, all
of  the stock of said Company being represented in person by owner or by proxy
and  a  formal  waiver of notice of said meeting having been executed, and all
votes  represented by said stock voting therefor, the following resolution was
adopted, to-wit:
           "Be it resolved that the President of the Company be authorized and
directed to secure an amendment to the Company's charter reducing the par
value  of  capital  stock  of the Company from $100.00 to $10.00 per share and
increasing  the number of shares of stock outstanding from 260 shares to 2,600
shares  so  that  the total capital stock shall consist of 2,600 shares of par
value of $10.00 per share.
          "Be it further resolved that a further amendment be obtained
providing  that the Home Office of the Company shall be located at Greensboro,
N.C.
          "Be it further resolved that the date of the annual meeting be
changed from the second Tuesday in January to the first Saturday in May."


                                          /S/ P.T. STONE
                                          ___________________________________
                                              Secretary.

Corporate Seal.
State of North Carolina   :
 County of Wake            :

      I, W.L. Carter, being duly sworn, declare on oath that I am President of
the Corporation mentioned in the foregoing certificate, and that the
statements therein made are true in substance and in fact.
       In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand, and caused the seal of
said Corporation to be affixed, this the 15th day of April, A.D. 1931.

                                          /S/ W.L. CARTER
                                          ____________________________________
                                               President.

     Subscribed and sworn to before me, this 15th day of April, A.D. 1931.


                                          /S/ LOUISE HILL SORRUL
                                          ____________________________________
                                                Notary Public.

     My Commission Expires: 3/19/33
                            _______

     We, the undersigned stockholders of Dixie Life Insurance Company of
Raleigh,  N.C.  owning  more than 90% of outstanding stock of said company, do
hereby assent to the foregoing amendment.  This April 15th, 1931.

                                     /S/ A.J.
                                     _____________________________________

                                     /S/ W.L. CARTER
                                     _____________________________________

                                     /S/ P.T. STONE
                                     _____________________________________

                                     /S/ H.E. SATTERFIELD
                                     _____________________________________

North Carolina,
Wake County.

     This is to certify that on the 15th day of April, 1931, before me, Louise
Hill Sorrul, personally came W.L. Carter, with whom I am personally
acquainted, who, being by me duly sworn, says that W.L. Carter is the
president,  and  that  P.T. Stone is the secretary of the Dixie Life Insurance
Company, the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing
instrument;  that  he  knows the common seal of the said corporation; that the
seal  affixed to the foregoing instrument is said common seal, and the name of
the  corporation  was  subscribed  thereto by the said president, and that the
said  president  and  secretary subscribed their names thereto and said common
seal  was affixed, all by order of the board of directors of said corporation,
and  that  the said president and secretary subscribed their names thereto and
said  common  seal was affixed, all by order of the board of directors of said
corporation, and that the said instrument is the act and deed of the said
corporation.

     Witness my hand and notarial seal, this 15th day of April, 1931.


                                          /S/ LOUISE HILL SORRUL
                                          ____________________________________
                                                Notary Public.

     My Commission Expires: 3/19/33
                            _______







                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                                   RALEIGH







         I, DAN C. BONEY, INSURANCE COMMISSIONER IN AND FOR THE STATE OF NORTH
CAROLINA,  DO  HEREBY  CERTIFY THAT I have examined the foregoing amendment to
the  certificate of incorporation of the Dixie Life Insurance Company and find
the  same  in accordance with the law applicable thereto and do hereby certify
the same to the Secretary of State as required by law.





     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I HAVE HEREUNTO SET MY HAND AND AFFIXED MY OFFICIAL
SEAL AT THE CITY OF RALEIGH, THIS THE 16TH DAY OF MARCH A.D. 1932.

                                             /S/ DAN C. BONEY
                                             _________________________________
                                             INSURANCE COMMISSIONER


To the Secretary of State, Raleigh, North Carolina:

     The undersigned, being owners of all of the stock of Dixie Life Insurance
Company,  do  hereby give our assent to proposed amendment to charter of Dixie
Life Insurance Company, which authorizes changing the name Dixie Life
Insurance Company to Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company.
     This March 5th, 1932.

                                      /S/
                                     _____________________________________

                                     /S/ E.U. FLETCHER, by
                                     _____________________________________

                                     /S/ H.E. SATTERFIELD
                                     _____________________________________

                                     /S/ G.B. SATTERFIELD
                                     _____________________________________

                                     /S/ P.T. STONE
                                     _____________________________________

                                     /S/ A.B. CARTER
                                     _____________________________________

                                     /S/ W.L. CARTER
                                     _____________________________________

                                     /S/ MARIE E. CARTER
                                     _____________________________________



                               CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                               to the Charter of Dixie Life Insurance Company
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA  :
COUNTY OF GUILFORD       :

     I hereby certify that a meeting of the stockholders of Dixie Life
Insurance Company, held in Greensboro, North Carolina, on the 9th day of
March,  1932, at 3:00 o'clock P.M., pursuant to notice required by law, all of
the stock of said company being represented in person or by proxy, and a
formal  waiver  of  notice of said meeting having been executed, and all votes
represented  by  said stock being voted therefor, the following resolution was
adopted, to-wit:
          "Be it resolved that the President of the Company be and he is
hereby authorized and directed to secure an amendment to the company's charter
changing the name of the company from 'Dixie Life Insurance Company' to
'Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company'".

                                          /S/ W.L. CARTER
                                          ___________________________________
                                              President

Attest:

/S/ P.T. STONE
____________________________
       Secretary

(Corporate Seal)

North Carolina,
Guilford County.


     This is to certify that on the 9th day of March, 1932, before me,
A.McKeel, a Notary Public in and for the State and County aforesaid,
personally  came W.L. Carter, with whom I am personally acquainted, who, being
by  me duly sworn, says that W.L. Carter is the president, and that P.T. Stone
is the secretary of Dixie Life Insurance Company, the corporation described in
and  which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the common seal of
the  said  corporation;  that  the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is
said  common  seal,  and the name of the corporation was subscribed thereto by
the said president, and that the said president and secretary subscribed their
names  thereto, and said common seal was affixed, all by order of the board of
directors  of  said  corporation,  and that the said instrument is the act and
deed of the said corporation.

     Witness my hand and notarial seal, this 9th day of March, 1932.


                                           /S/ A.McKEEL
                                           _______________________________
                                                  Notary Public


My Commission Expires:

November 8, 1932
_______________________


                  Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation
                   of Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company
                          Greensboro, North Carolina
                          __________________________

                           RESOLUTION OF DIRECTORS


      The Board of Directors of Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company, a North
Carolina corporation with its principal office and place of business in
Greensboro,  North  Carolina,  on  the 22nd day of December, 1944, adopted the
following resolution:
            "(1) RESOLVED by the Board of Directors of the Southern-Dixie Life
Insurance Company, Greensboro, North Carolina, in meeting duly called and
assembled, that it is deemed advisable to amend the Certificate of
Incorporation  of  this company so as to increase the authorized capital stock
of  the  company from One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) divided into ten
thousand  shares  of  the par value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share, to Five
Hundred  Thousand  Dollars ($500,000.00), divided into fifty thousand (50,000)
shares  of  the  par value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share, and to that end,
and to accomplish said purpose.

          "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED That the Certificate of Incorporation of
this  company  be  amended  further by striking out in section 4 the words and
figures  "One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) divided into ten thousand
(10,000)  shares  of the par value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share (formerly
in the original Certificate one thousand shares of the par value of One
Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per share)" and inserting in lieu thereof "Five
Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($500,000.00) divided into fifty thousand (50,000)
shares of the par value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share".

          "(2) RESOLVED FURTHER That it is deemed advisable that the issuance
of $78,000.00 of this additional stock be effected by the transfer of
$78,000.00 from the surplus account of the company to the capital stock
account  of  the  company,  by means of the declaration of a stock dividend of
three hundred per cent (300%).

          "(3) BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED That the officers of the company be, and
they are hereby, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all steps,
and  to do any and all acts that may be deemed necessary or advisable to carry
out these resolutions.

          "(4) BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED That a special meeting of the
stockholders of this company be, and it is hereby, called to meet at the
office of the company in Greensboro, North Carolina, on Thursday, the 28th day
of  December, 1944, at 10:30 o'clock A.M. to take action on these resolutions,
and to transact such business as may come before said meeting."

_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

                            CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE

       The Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company, a North Carolina corporation
with its principal office and place of business in Greensboro, North Carolina,
does hereby certify that pursuant to the foregoing resolutions of its Board of
Directors,  that its stockholders on this the 28th day of December, 1944, have
adopted the following resolutions:
           "(1) RESOLVED, That the Certificate of Incorporation of this
corporation, be and the same is hereby amended so as to increase the
authorized capital stock of this corporation from One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000.00)  divided  into  ten thousand (10,000) shares of the par value of
Ten  Dollars ($10.00) per share to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00)
divided  into  fifty  thousand (50,000) shares of the par value of Ten Dollars
($10.00) per share, and to that end, and to accomplish said purpose,

             "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, That the Certificate of Incorporation of
this  corporation  as  amended be further amended by striking out in section 4
the words and figures "One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) divided into
ten thousand (10,000) shares of the par value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per
share (formerly in the original Certificate one thousand (1,000) shares of the
par  value  of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per share)" and inserting in lieu
thereof "Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) divided into fifty
thousand (50,000) shares of the par value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share".

          "(2) RESOLVED FURTHER, That the issuance of Seventy-Eight Thousand
Dollars  ($78,000.00)  of this additional stock be effected by the transfer of
Seventy-Eight  Thousand  Dollars ($78,000.00) from the surplus account of this
corporation  to the capital stock account of this corporation, by means of the
declaration of a stock dividend of three hundred per cent (300%).

          "(3) BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, That the officers of this corporation
be and they are hereby authorized, empowered and directed to execute a
Certificate  of  said  amendment and change, and any and all further documents
that  may be deemed necessary or expedient to accomplish all of said purposes,
and  further, to do any and all acts that may be deemed necessary or expedient
to carry out in all respects these resolutions."

      That more than two-thirds in interest of all of the stockholders of said
corporation  voted in favor of said resolutions, and that their written assent
is hereto appended and attached.
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Said corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed  in  its  name  by its President and attested by its Secretary, and its
corporate seal to be hereto affixed, this the 28th day of December, 1944.

                                    SOUTHERN-DIXIE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                    By: /S/ W.L. CARTER
                                        ___________________________________
                                                President

/S/ T.C. COLLINS
_____________________________
       Secretary


_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY

     I, CLIFFORD E. HALEY, a Notary Public, certify that T.C. COLLINS
personally  came  before  me this day and acknowledged that he is Secretary of
Southern-Dixie  Life  Insurance Company (a corporation) and that, by authority
duly  given  and  as  the act of the corporation, the foregoing instrument was
signed in its name by its President, sealed with its corporate seal, and
attested by himself as its Secretary.
     My commission expires June 27, 1945.
     Witness my hand and official seal, this the 28th day of December, 1944.

                                          /S/ CLIFFORD E. HALEY
                                         ____________________________________
                                               Notary Public

_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

                        STOCKHOLDERS ASSENT TO CHANGE

      We the subscribers, being more than two-thirds in interest of all of the
stockholders of Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company, Greensboro, North
Carolina,  having  at  a special meeting of the stockholders, called regularly
for  that  purpose,  on  the 28th day of December, 1944, voted in favor of the
resolutions  to  amend the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation so
as to increase the authorized capital stock of the corporation from One
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
($500,000.00), divided into fifty thousand (50,000) shares of the par value of
Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share, and to that end and to accomplish said
purpose,  that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation as amended
be  further  amended  by  striking out in section 4 the words and figures "One
Hundred  Thousand Dollars ($100,000) divided into ten thousand (10,000) shares
of  the  par value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share (formerly in the original
Certificate one thousand (1,000) shares of the par value of One Hundred
Dollars ($100.00) per share)" and inserting in lieu thereof "Five Hundred
Thousand  Dollars ($500,000.00) divided into fifty thousand (50,000) shares of
the  par  value  of  Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share", and that the issuance of
Seventy-Eight Thousand Dollars ($78,000.00) of this additional stock be
effected  by  the transfer of Seventy-Eight Thousand Dollars ($78,000.00) from
the  surplus  account  of  the corporation to the capital stock account of the
corporation  by  means of the declaration of a stock dividend of three hundred
per cent (300%), and do now, pursuant to statute, hereby give our written
assent to said change.
     Witness our hands this the 28th day of December, 1944.

          STOCKHOLDERS                              NO. OF SHARES

/S/ A.S. FLETCHER                                       867
__________________________________________          ______________

/S/ W.L. CARTER                                        1353
__________________________________________          ______________

/S/ T.C. COLLINS                                        230
__________________________________________          ______________

/S/ O.H. BOWLES                                           5
__________________________________________          ______________

/S/ P.P. WILSON                                           5
__________________________________________          ______________

/S/ W.A. CORBETT                                          5
__________________________________________          ______________

/S/ J.                                                     5
__________________________________________          ______________
WM. M. YORK                                           1
__________________________________________          ______________


                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                                   RALEIGH




     I, WILLIAM P. HODGES, INSURANCE COMMISSIONER IN AND FOR THE STATE OF
NORTH  CAROLINA, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I have examined the attached Amendment
to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Southern-Dixie Life Insurance
Company,  Greensboro, North Carolina, and find the same in conformity with the
laws pertaining thereto, and do hereby certify the same to the Honorable
Secretary of State as provided by law.





     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I HAVE HEREUNTO SET MY HAND AND AFFIXED MY OFFICIAL
SEAL AT THE CITY OF RALEIGH, THIS THE 30TH DAY OF DECEMBER A.D. 1944.

                                             /S/ WILLIAM P. HODGES
                                             _________________________________
                                             INSURANCE COMMISSIONER


 NORTH CAROLINA

GUILFORD COUNTY



       The undersigned officers and Directors of Southern-Dixie Life Insurance
Company, being the President, Secretary-Treasurer, and a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors, do hereby certify to the Insurance
Commissioner  that  on  the 7th day of February, 1945, the Southern-Dixie Life
Insurance Company issued an additional 5,200 shares of its capital to its
stockholders by transferring $52,000.00 from the surplus account of the
company  to the capital stock account of the company, and the declaration of a
stock dividend of 50% to its stockholders, said additional to the capital
stock  being  effected  by  a transfer from the surplus account to the capital
stock account of the company.

     This the 7th day of February, 1945.

                                     SOUTHERN-DIXIE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                            By: /S/ W.L. CARTER
                            ___________________________________
                            President and Director

                            /S/ T.C. COLLINS
                            ___________________________________
                            Secretary-Treasurer and Director

                            /S/ WM. M. YORK
                            ___________________________________
                            Director

                            /S/ A.S. FLETCHER
                            ___________________________________
                            Director


Sworn to and subscribed before me,

this 7th day of February, 1945.


/S/ C.T. BOYD
___________________________________
        Notary Public


My commission expires: March 9, 1945


                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                                   RALEIGH



    I, WILLIAM P. HODGES, INSURANCE COMMISSIONER IN AND FOR THE STATE OF NORTH
CAROLINA,  DO  HEREBY  CERTIFY  THAT I have carefully examined the certificate
filed  by  the  Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company executed by the officers
and a majority of the members of the Board of Directors certifying to the
increase  of its capital stock from $104,000.00 to $156,000.00 by the transfer
of  $52,000.00  from  its surplus to the capital stock account of the company,
making a total combined capital stock of the company $156,000.00. This
certificate of increase is hereby certified to the Secretary of State for
recording  and  the company is hereby authorized to transact business upon the
capital increased. This certificate is issued as of February 8, 1945.





     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I HAVE HEREUNTO SET MY HAND AND AFFIXED MY OFFICIAL
SEAL AT THE CITY OF RALEIGH, THIS THE 31st DAY OF MAY A.D. 1947.



                                        /S/ WILLIAM P. HODGES
                                        ______________________________________
                                               INSURANCE COMMISSIONER


NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY
       The undersigned officers and Directors of Southern-Dixie Life Insurance
Company, being the President, Secretary-Treasurer, and a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors, do hereby certify to the Insurance
Commissioner  that  on the 28th day of December, 1944, the Southern-Dixie Life
Insurance Company issued an additional 7,400 shares of its capital to its
stockholders by transferring $74,000.00 from the surplus account of the
company  to  the  capital  stock account of the company, and on the 2nd day of
January, 1945, the company issued 400 more shares of its capital stock by
transferring  $4,000.00 from the surplus account of the company to the capital
stock  account  of  the company, making a total of $78,000.00 additional stock
issued  as  a stock dividend of 300% to its stockholders, said addition to the
capital  stock  being  effected  by a transfer from the surplus account to the
capital stock account of the company.
     This the 18th day of January, 1945.
                                      SOUTHERN-DIXIE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                     By: /S/ W.L. CARTER
                                         ___________________________________
                                                President and Director

                                         /S/ T.C. COLLINS
                                         ___________________________________
                                         Secretary-Treasurer and Director

                                         /S/ WM. M. YORK
                                         ___________________________________
                                                    Director

Sworn to and subscribed before me,
this the 18th day of January, 1945.

/S/ G. HARRINGTON, JR.
___________________________________
        Notary Public


My commission expires: Jan. 10, 1946
                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT
                                      RALEIGH



     I WILLIAM P. HODGES, INSURANCE COMMISSIONER IN AND FOR THE STATE OF NORTH
CAROLINA,  DO  HEREBY  CERTIFY  THAT I have carefully examined the certificate
filed  by  the  Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company executed by the officers
and a majority of the members of the Board of Directors certifying to the
increase  of  its capital stock from $26,000.00 to $104,000.00 by the transfer
of  $74,000.00 from its surplus to the capital stock account of the company on
the  28th day of December, 1944, and by the further transfer of $4,000.00 from
the surplus account of the company to the capital stock account of the
company,  making  the combined capital stock of the company $104,000.00.  This
certificate of increase is hereby certified to the Secretary of State for
recording  and  the company is hereby authorized to transact business upon the
capital increased.  This certificate is issued as of January 23, 1945.



     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I HAVE HEREUNTO SET MY HAND AND AFFIXED MY OFFICIAL
SEAL AT THE CITY OF RALEIGH, THIS THE 31st DAY OF MAY A.D. 1947.

                                         /S/ WILLIAM P. HODGES
                                        ______________________________________
                                               INSURANCE COMMISSIONER


                 CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE CERTIFICATE
                               OF INCORPORATION

                                      OF

THE SOUTHERN-DIXIE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

     The location of the principal office in this State is in the city of
Greensboro, County of Guilford.

                           RESOLUTION OF DIRECTORS

        The Board of Directors of the Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company, a
corporation  of  North  Carolina,  on this the 3rd day of May, 1947, do hereby
resolve and declare that the Board of Directors is of the opinion, and so
recommends  to  the stockholders of the corporation, that it is advisable that
the  corporate  charter  be amended to change the name of the corporation from
SOUTHERN-DIXIE  LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY to SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY; and
that a meeting of the stockholders of the Southern-Dixie Life Insurance
Company be held in the office of the company in Greensboro, North Carolina, at
ten  o'clock  A.M., on May 17th, 1947, at which time this recommendation is to
be  made to the stockholders and they be allowed to vote at that time upon the
proposed  amendment  to  the corporate charter; and that proper notice of this
stockholders meeting be given to all stockholders of this corporation.

                            CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE

     The Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company, a corporation of North
Carolina,  doth  hereby certify that pursuant to the said resolution, and upon
notice duly given to all voting stockholders, as provided by law and the
by-laws  of  this  corporation,  a meeting of the stockholders was held at the
time and place specified, and at least a majority in interest of the
stockholders of the said corporation having voting powers being represented in
person or by proxy, a resolution was unanimously adopted approving the
amendment proposed by the Board of Directors as follows:

          That the corporate charter be amended to change the name of the
Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company to Southern Life Insurance Company.

     That the written consent of at least a majority in interest of
stockholders having voting powers is hereto appended.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be
signed  by  its  President  and Secretary, and its corporate seal to be hereto
affixed, the 17th day of May, 1947.

                                       SOUTHERN-DIXIE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                          /S/W.L. CARTER, PRESIDENT
                                       By____________________________________
                                                 W.L. Carter, President
/S/T.C. COLLINS, SECRETARY
____________________________
T.C. COLLINS, SECRETARY


STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
COUNTY OF GUILFORD

     Be it remembered, that on this 17th day of May, 1947, before me, the
subscriber,  a  Notary  Public, personally appeared T.C. Collins, Secretary of
the  Southern-Dixie  Life  Insurance Company, the corporation mentioned in and
which  executed the foregoing certificate, who, being by me duly sworn, on his
oath says that he is such Secretary, and that the seal affixed to said
certificate  is  the  corporate  seal of said corporation, the same being well
known  to  him;  that W.L. Carter is President of said corporation, and signed
said certificate and affixed said seal thereto, and delivered said certificate
by authority of the Board of Directors and with the assent of at least a
majority  in  interest  of  the stockholders of said corporation having voting
powers  as  and for his voluntary act and deed, and the voluntary act and deed
of  said  corporation,  in  presence of deponent, who thereupon subscribed his
name thereto as witness.

     And he further says that the assent hereto appended is signed by at least
two-thirds  in  interest of the stockholders of said corporation having voting
powers,  either  in  person  or by their several duly constituted attorneys in
fact, thereunto duly authorized in writing.

                                       /S/VIVIAN F. ROBERTS
                                      ___________________________________
                                      Notary Public

My commission expires:


March 14, 1948
____________________________


STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
COUNTY OF GUILFORD

     We, the subscribers, being at least a majority in interest of
stockholders of the Southern-Dixie Life Insurance Company having voting
powers,  having  at a meeting regularly called for the purpose, voted in favor
of  amended the certificate of incorporation as above set out do now, pursuant
to the statute, hereby give our written assent to said change.

     Witness our hands, this the 17th day of May, 1947.


                STOCKHOLDERS                             SHARES

     /S/ W.L. CARTER                                          8,090
     ________________________________                 ___________________

     /S/ W.L. CARTER, JR.                                       180
     ________________________________                 ____________________

     /S/ T. C. COLLINS                                        1,320
     ________________________________                 ____________________

     /S/ WM. YORK                                                 6
     ________________________________                 ____________________

     /S/ CHARLES HOGAN, JR.                                       5
     ________________________________                 ____________________

     /S/ T.C. COLLINS    BY PROXY                             5,717
     ________________________________                 ____________________


                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                                   RALEIGH



     I, WILLIAM P. HODGES, INSURANCE COMMISSIONER IN AND FOR THE STATE OF
NORTH CAROLINA, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I have examined the foregoing
Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the
SOUTHERN-DIXIE  LIFE  INSURANCE  COMPANY  and find the same in accordance with
law.  I hereby approve and certify the same to the Honorable Thad Eure,
Secretary of State, as by law required.











     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I HAVE HEREUNTO SET MY HAND AND AFFIXED MY OFFICIAL
SEAL AT THE CITY OF RALEIGH, THIS THE 9th DAY OF JUNE A.D. 1947.



                                        /S/ WILLIAM P. HODGES
                                        ______________________________________
                                               INSURANCE COMMISSIONER


                   CERTIFICATE OF INCREASE OF CAPITAL STOCK

                                      OF

                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                          GREENSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA

                                  ----------

                           Resolution of Directors

        The Board of Directors of the Southern Life Insurance Company, a North
Carolina corporation with its principal office and place of business in
Greensboro, North Carolina, at its annual meeting on the 3rd day of May, 1952,
adopted the following resolutions:

          "(1) RESOLVED: That the Board of Directors is of the opinion and so
recommends to the stockholders of the Southern Life Insurance Company,
Incorporated  that  it is advisable that the capital stock of this corporation
be  increased from Fifteen Thousand Six Hundred (15,600) shares at a par value
of  Ten  (10.00)  dollars per share to Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares at a par
value  of  Ten  (10.00)  dollars per share as authorized in the certificate of
incorporation of this corporation, as amended, and that this increase in
capital stock be effected by the transfer of Three Hundred Forty-Four Thousand
(344,000)  dollars from the surplus account of this corporation to the capital
stock  account  of this corporation and that Thirty-Four Thousand Four Hundred
(34,400)  shares of stock of the par value of Ten (10.00) dollars be issued on
a  pro  rata basis and as a stock dividend to stockholders of this corporation
of record on May 3, 1952.

          "(2) BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED: That it appearing that in the issuance
of  the increase of capital stock referred to above, fractional shares will be
involved,  the  Board  of Directors is of the opinion and so recommends to the
stockholders  of  the  corporation  that it is advisable that fractional share
warrants be issued by the corporation in such instances when the pro rata
distribution  would  entitle a stockholder to a fractional interest in a share
of  the  capital stock of the Company; that said fractional share warrant will
entitle  the holder thereof to a fractional interest in a share of the capital
stock of the Southern Life Insurance Company, as it exists after the
declaration and payment of the stock dividend of May 17, 1952, if such
dividend  is  approved  by  the stockholders of the corporation; and that upon
surrender of the warrant at the Company's office in Greensboro, North
Carolina,  with  other  like fractional warrants aggregating the amount of one
share,  the bearer will then be entitled to one share of the Company's capital
stock, as it exists after the declaration and payment of the said stock
dividend of May 17, 1952, if such stock dividend is approved by the
stockholders; and further that if the fractional warrants so surrendered
include a fraction in excess of one share, or multiple thereof, a new
fractional warrant will be issued by the Company; and that the fractional
share warrants shall not entitle the holder to voting or any other rights of a
stockholder,  and no dividends or interest shall be payable or shall accrue in
respect to said fractional share warrants.

          "(3) BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED: That the officers of the Company be,
and  they  are  hereby, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all
steps, and to do any and all acts that may be deemed necessary or advisable to
carry out these resolutions.

          "(4) BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED: That a special meeting of the
stockholders of this company be, and it is hereby, called to meet at the
office  of the Company in Greensboro, North Carolina, on Saturday the 17th day
of  May, 1952, at 10:00 o'clock A.M., to take action on these resolutions, and
to transact such business as may come before said meeting."

        The Southern Life Insurance Company, a North Carolina Corporation with
its principal office and place of business in Greensboro, North Carolina, does
hereby  certify  that,  pursuant  to the foregoing resolutions of its Board of
Directors,  its stockholders owning and holding Fourteen Thousand Nine Hundred
Sixty-eight (14,968) shares of the Fifteen Thousand Six Hundred (15,600)
shares issued and outstanding met at a special meeting on the 17th day of May,
1952, and unanimously adopted the following resolutions:

          "(1) RESOLVED: That the resolutions adopted by the Board of
Directors  as  set  out in the call for special meeting of stockholders of the
Southern  Life Insurance Company be and the same are in all respects approved;
and that in furtherance of said resolutions

          "(2) BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the capital stock of the Southern
Life Insurance Company be increased from Fifteen Thousand Six Hundred (15,600)
shares at a par value of Ten (10.00) dollars per share to Fifty Thousand
(50,000)  shares at a par value of Ten (10.00) dollars per share as authorized
in  the certificate of incorporation of this corporation, as amended, and that
this  increase  in  capital stock be effected by the transfer of Three Hundred
Forty-four Thousand (344,000.00) dollars from the surplus account of this
corporation to the capital stock account of this corporation and that
Thirty-four Thousand Four Hundred (34,400) shares of stock of the par value of
Ten  (10.00)  dollars be issued on a pro rata basis and as a stock dividend to
stockholders of this corporation of record on May 3, 1952.

          "(3) BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that fractional share warrants be issued
by  the corporation in such instances when, in the issuance of the increase of
capital stock referred to above, the pro rata distribution entitles a
stockholder  to  a  fractional interest in a share of the capital stock of the
company;  that  such fractional share warrant entitles the holder thereof to a
fractional interest in a share of the capital stock of the Southern Life
Insurance  Company  as it exists immediately after the declaration and payment
of the stock dividend authorized this the 17th day of May, 1952; and that upon
the  surrender  of  the warrant at the corporation office in Greensboro, North
Carolina,  with  other  like fractional warrants aggregating the amount of one
share,  the holder will then be entitled to one share of the company's capital
stock,  as it exists immediately after the declaration and payment of the said
stock  dividend authorized this the 17th day of May, 1952; and further that if
the  fractional  warrants  so  surrendered include a fraction in excess of one
share,  or  multiple  thereof,  a new fractional warrant will be issued by the
company;  and  that the fractional share warrants shall not entitle the holder
to  voting  or any other rights of a stockholder, and no dividends or interest
shall be payable or shall accrue in respect to said fractional share warrants.

          "(4) BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the officers of the company be, and
they  are hereby, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all steps
and do any and all acts that may be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out
these resolutions."


          That pursuant to said resolutions, Three Hundred Forty-four Thousand
(344,000) dollars was transferred from the surplus account of said corporation
to  the  capital stock account of said corporation and that on the 17th day of
May,  1952,  Thirty-four Thousand Three Hundred Ninety-five (34,395) shares of
stock  of  the par value of Ten (10.00) dollars per share were issued on a pro
rata  basis and as a stock dividend to the stockholders of said corporation of
record on May 3, 1952, and that fractional share warrants aggregating five (5)
shares of stock of the par value of Ten (10.00) dollars per share will be
issued to the stockholders who are entitled to a fractional interest in a
share  of  the  capital  stock of this company at such time as such fractional
share warrants can be obtained from the printer.
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be
signed  by its President and Secretary and by a majority of its five Directors
and  its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, this the 13th day of June, A.D.,
1952.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>               <C>

                  SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Attest:
                  By /S/ W.L. CARTER
                  -------------------------------
                              President
/S/ T.C. COLLINS
- ----------------                                 
       Secretary                  /S/ W.L. CARTER
                  -------------------------------
                         President and Director

                                 /S/ T.C. COLLINS
                  -------------------------------
                         Secretary and Director

                     /S/ W.L. CARTER JR.
                  -------------------------------
                              Director

                     /S/ CHARLES T. HAGAN, JR.
                  -------------------------------
                              Director

</TABLE>




       Sworn to and subscribed by W.L. Carter, T.C. Collins, W.L. Carter, Jr.,
and Charles T. Hagan, Jr., this 13th day of June, 1952.

                                           /S/ EARL H. LANNING JR.
                                           ___________________________________
                                                  Notary Public

My Commission Expires July 22, 1953.
___________________________________




NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY

        Be it remembered, that on this 13th day of June, A.D. 1952, before me,
the  subscriber,  a Notary Public, personally appeared T.C. Collins, Secretary
of the Southern Life Insurance Company, the corporation mentioned in and which
executed  the  foregoing certificate, who, being by me duly sworn, on his oath
says  that he is such Secretary, and that the seal affixed to said certificate
is  the  corporate seal of said corporation, the same being well known to him;
that W.L. Carter is President of said corporation, and signed said certificate
and  affixed said seal thereto, and delivered said certificate by authority of
the Board of Directors.
       And he further says that said certificate is signed and sworn to by the
President and Secretary and a majority of the Board of Directors of said
corporation.

                                           /S/ EARL H. LANNING JR.
                                           ___________________________________
                                                  Notary Public

My Commission Expires July 22, 1953.
___________________________________



                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                                   RALEIGH




     I, WALDO C. CHEEK, COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE IN AND FOR THE STATE OF
NORTH CAROLINA, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I have examined the attached
certificate  of Increase of Capital Stock from 15,600 shares at a par value of
$10.00  per share, to 50,000 shares at a par value of $10.00 per share, of the
Southern Life Insurance Company, Greensboro, North Carolina, and find the same
in conformity with the laws pertaining thereto (G.S.58-83), and do certify the
same to the Honorable Secretary of State as provided by law.



     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I HAVE HEREUNTO SET MY HAND AND AFFIXED MY OFFICIAL
SEAL AT THE CITY OF RALEIGH, THIS THE 17th DAY OF June A.D. 1952.

                                          /S/ WALDO C. CHEEK
                                         _____________________________________
                                              COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE

                  AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                              _________________

                           RESOLUTION OF DIRECTORS

     The Board of Directors of Southern Life Insurance Company, a North
Carolina corporation with its principal office and place of business in
Greensboro, North Carolina on the 19th day of July, 1952, adopted the
following resolutions:
          "RESOLVED, by the Board of Directors of Southern Life Insurance
Company, Greensboro, North Carolina, in meeting duly called and assembled that
the Board of Directors is of the opinion and so recommends to the stockholders
of  Southern  Life  Insurance Company that it is deemed advisable to amend the
Certificate of Incorporation of this Company to increase the authorized
capital  stock  of  the  Company from Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000) Dollars
divided into Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares of the par value of Ten ($10)
Dollars per share to One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars divided into One Hundred
Thousand (100,000) shares of the par value of Ten ($10) Dollars per share, and
to that end, and to accomplish said purpose:
             "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, That the Certificate of Incorporation of
this  Company  be  amended  further by striking out in Section 4 the words and
figures  'Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000) Dollars divided into Fifty Thousand
(50,000) shares of the par value of Ten ($10) Dollars per share' and inserting
in  lieu  thereof  'One  Million ($1,000,000) Dollars divided into One Hundred
Thousand (100,000) shares of the par value of Ten ($10) Dollars per share.'
             "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, That the officers of the Company be, and
they are hereby, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all steps,
and  to do any and all acts that may be deemed necessary or advisable to carry
out these resolutions.
           "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, That a special meeting of the stockholders
of this Company be, and it is hereby, called to meet at the office of the
Company  in Greensboro, North Carolina, on Saturday the first day of November,
1952, at 10:00 o'clock A.M. to take action on these resolutions, and to
transact such business as may come before said meeting."

                            CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE
        The Southern Life Insurance Company, a North Carolina corporation with
its principal office and place of business in Greensboro, North Carolina, does
hereby certify that pursuant to the foregoing resolutions of its Board of
Directors,  and  upon notice duly given to all stockholders as provided by law
and the by-laws of this corporation, a meeting of the stockholders was held on
this the first day of November, 1952 and the following resolutions were
adopted approving the amendment proposed by the Board of Directors, as
follows:
          "RESOLVED by the stockholders of the Southern Life Insurance Company
in meeting duly called and assembled that the resolutions adopted by the Board
of  Directors as set out in the call of special meeting of stockholders of the
Southern  Life Insurance Company be and the same are in all respects approved,
and that the Certificate of Incorporation of this Company be amended as
recommended  in  the resolution of the Board of Directors above set forth, and
to this end and to accomplish said purpose:
         "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the Certificate of Incorporation of this
Company  be amended further by striking out in Section 4 the words and figures
'Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000) Dollars divided into Fifty Thousand (50,000)
shares  of the par value of Ten ($10) Dollars per share' and inserting in lieu
thereof  'One  Million  ($1,000,000) Dollars divided into One Hundred Thousand
(100,000) shares of the par value of Ten ($10) Dollars per share.'
         "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Company be and they
are  hereby, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all steps, and
to  do any and all acts that may be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out
these resolutions."
         That more than two-thirds in interest of all the stockholders of said
corporation  voted in favor of said resolutions, and that their written assent
is hereto appended and adopted.
        In Witness Whereof, said corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed  in  its  name  by its President and attested by its Secretary, and its
corporate seal to be hereto affixed, this the first day of November, 1952.

                                            SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                           BY /S/ W.L. CARTER
                                              ________________________________
                                                     PRESIDENT

ATTEST:


/S/ T.C. COLLINS
_______________________________
       SECRETARY





NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY

       Be it remembered, that on this first day of November, A.D. 1952, before
me, the subscriber, a notary public, personally appeared T.C. Collins,
Secretary of the Southern Life Insurance Company, the corporation mentioned in
and  which executed the foregoing certificate, who, being by me duly sworn, on
his  oath  says  that  he is such Secretary, and that the seal affixed to said
certificate is the corporate seal of said corporation, the same being
well-known to him; that W.L. Carter is President of said corporation, and
signed said certificate and affixed said seal thereto, and delivered said
certificate  by  authority of the Board of Directors and with the assent of at
least  two-thirds  in  interest of the Stockholders of said corporation having
voting powers as and for his voluntary act and deed, and the voluntary act and
deed  of  said  corporation, in presence of deponent, who thereupon subscribed
his name thereto as witness.

                                     /S/
                                     ________________________________________
                                              Notary Public

My Commission Expires



                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                                   RALEIGH




     I, WALDO C. CHEEK, COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE IN AND FOR THE STATE OF
NORTH  CAROLINA,  DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I have examined the annexed Amendment
of Certificate of Incorporation of SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
Greensboro,  N.C., dated 1st November, 1952, increasing the authorized capital
stock  of  the  Company from FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND ($500,000) DOLLARS, divided
into Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares of Ten ($10) Dollars per share to ONE
MILLION ($1,000,000) DOLLARS divided into One Hundred Thousand (100,000)
shares  of the par value of Ten ($10) Dollars per share, which conforms to law
therefor,  and  that  I  approve such increase in the capital structure of the
Company, and I hereby certify the attached Amendment for filing with the
Secretary of State of North Carolina as required by law.



     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I HAVE HEREUNTO SET MY HAND AND AFFIXED MY OFFICIAL
SEAL AT THE CITY OF RALEIGH, THIS THE 19th DAY OF January A.D. 1953.

                                          /S/ WALDO C. CHEEK
                                         _____________________________________
                                              COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE

                  AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                * * * * * * *
                           RESOLUTION OF DIRECTORS

     The Board of Directors of Southern Life Insurance Company, a North
Carolina corporation with its principal office and place of business in
Greensboro, North Carolina, on the 5th day of May, 1956, adopted the following
resolutions:
      "Resolved, by the Board of Directors of Southern Life Insurance Company,
Greensboro,  North  Carolina,  in  meeting duly called and assembled, that the
Board  of Directors is of the opinion and so recommends to the Stockholders of
Southern Life Insurance Company that it is deemed advisable to amend the
Certificate  of Incorporation of this company to change the date of the annual
meeting  from the first Saturday in May to such time as the Board of Directors
shall designate in the By-Laws, and to that end, and to accomplish said
purpose:
        "Be it further resolved, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this
company  be  amended further by striking out the words that the annual meeting
'be  changed  from the second Tuesday in January to the first Saturday in May'
and inserting in lieu thereof the words 'be at such time as the Board of
Directors shall designate in the By-Laws'.
     "Be it further resolved that the officers of the company be, and they are
hereby authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all steps and do any
and all acts that may be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out these
resolutions.
        "Be it further resolved, that a special meeting of the Stockholders of
this company be, and it is hereby, called to meet at the office of the company
in  Greensboro,  North  Carolina, on Saturday, the 4th day of August, 1956, at
10:00 a.m., to take action on these resolutions."
                            CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE
        The Southern Life Insurance Company, a North Carolina corporation with
its principal office and place of business in Greensboro, North Carolina, does
hereby certify that pursuant to the foregoing resolutions of its Board of
Directors,  and  upon notice duly given to all Stockholders as provided by law
and the By-laws of this corporation, a meeting of the Stockholders was held on
this the fourth day of August, 1956, and the following resolutions were
adopted approving the amendment proposed by the Board of Directors, as
follows:
       "Resolved by the Stockholders of the Southern Life Insurance Company in
meeting duly called and assembled that the resolutions adopted by the Board of
Directors  as  set  out  in the call of special meeting of the Stockholders of
Southern  Life Insurance Company be and the same are in all respects approved,
and that the Certificate of Incorporation of this company be amended as
recommended  as  recommended in the resolution of the Board of Directors above
set forth, and to this end and to accomplish said purpose:
         "Be it further resolved that the Certificate of Incorporation of this
company  be  amended further by striking out the words that the annual meeting
'be  changed  from the second Tuesday in January to the first Saturday in May'
and inserting in lieu thereof the words 'be at such time as the Board of
Directors shall designate in the By-Laws'.
     "Be it further resolved that the officers of the company be, and they are
hereby authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all steps and do any
and all acts that may be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out these
resolutions."
         That more than two-thirds in interest of all the Stockholders of said
corporation voted in favor of said resolution.
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed  in  its  name  by its President and attested by its Secretary, and its
corporate seal to be hereto affixed, this the fourth day of August, 1956.

                                            SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                           BY /S/ W.L. CARTER
                                              ________________________________
                                                     PRESIDENT

ATTEST:


/S/ T.C. COLLINS
_______________________________
       SECRETARY





NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY

     Be it remembered, that on the fourth day of August, A.D. 1956, before me,
the  subscriber,  a notary public, personally appeared T.C. Collins, Secretary
of the Southern Life Insurance Company, the corporation mentioned in and which
executed  the  foregoing certificate, who, being by me duly sworn, on his oath
says  that he is such Secretary, and that the seal affixed to said certificate
is  the  corporate seal of said corporation, the same being well-known to him;
that W.L. Carter is President of said corporation, and signed said certificate
and  affixed said seal thereto, and delivered said certificate by authority of
the  Board of Directors and with the assent of at least two-thirds in interest
of  the  Stockholders  of said corporation having voting powers as and for his
voluntary act and deed, and the voluntary act and deed of said corporation, in
presence of deponent, who thereupon subscribed his name thereto as witness.

                                     /S/ MARY H. KENNEDY
                                     ________________________________________
                                             Notary Public

My Commission Expires May 25, 1957

                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT
                                   RALEIGH



         I, Charles F. Gold, Commissioner of Insurance in and for the State of
North Carolina, do hereby certify that I have examined the attached "AMENDMENT
OF  CERTIFICATE  OF INCORPORATION" dated 4th August, 1956 of the SOUTHERN LIFE
INSURANCE  COMPANY, a North Carolina corporation with its principal office and
place  of  business in Greensboro, North Carolina, and that I find the same in
conformity  with the law pertaining thereto, and to hereby certify the same to
the Honorable Thad Eure, Secretary of State, as provided by law for filing.

     In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official
seal at the city of Raleigh, this the 9th day of August A.D. 1956.

                                           /S/ CHARLES F. GOLD
                                          ____________________________________
                                           Commissioner of Insurance


                   CERTIFICATE OF INCREASE OF CAPITAL STOCK
                                      OF
                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                          GREENSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
                                * * * * * * *
                           RESOLUTION OF DIRECTORS

        The Board of Directors of the Southern Life Insurance Company, a North
Carolina corporation, with its principal office and place of business in
Greensboro, North Carolina, at its regular meeting held on the 3rd day of
November, 1956, adopted the following resolutions:
      "Resolved, by the Board of Directors of Southern Life Insurance Company,
in  meeting  duly  called and assembled, that the Board of Directors is of the
opinion  and  so recommends to the stockholders of the Southern Life Insurance
Company,  that  it  is advisable that the capital stock of this corporation be
increased  from  Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares at a par value of Ten ($10.00)
Dollars  per  share to One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares at a par value of
Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share as authorized in the certificate of
incorporation of this corporation, as amended, and that this increase in
capital  stock be effected by the transfer of Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000)
Dollars from the surplus account of the corporation to the capital stock
account  of  this corporation and that Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares of stock
of  the par value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars be issued on a pro-rata basis and as
a  stock dividend to stockholders of this corporation of record on the 3rd day
of November, 1956.
        "Be it further resolved, that the officers of the Company be, and they
are  hereby, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all steps, and
to  do any and all acts that may be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out
these resolutions.
        "Be it further resolved, that a special meeting of the stockholders of
this  Company  be,  and it is hereby, called to meet at the Home Office of the
Company  in  Greensboro, North Carolina, on Saturday the 17th day of November,
1956, at 10:00 A.M. to take action on these resolutions."
                            CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE
        The Southern Life Insurance Company, a North Carolina corporation with
its principal office and place of business in Greensboro, North Carolina, does
hereby  certify  that,  pursuant  to the foregoing resolutions of its Board of
Directors, its stockholders owning and holding Forty-seven Thousand Five
Hundred  Thirty-eight  (47,538) shares of the Forty-nine Thousand Nine Hundred
Ninety-nine  (49,999)  shares issued and outstanding, met at a special meeting
on the 17th day of November, 1956, at the Home Office of the Company, and
unanimously adopted the following resolutions:
      "Resolved, by the Stockholders of the Southern Life Insurance Company in
meeting  duly  called and assembled, that the resolutions adopted by the Board
of Directors as set out in the call for this special meeting of the
stockholders  of  Southern  Life Insurance Company be, and the same are in all
respects, approved; and that in furtherance of said resolutions,
     "Be it further resolved that the capital stock of the Southern Life
Insurance  Company  be  increased from Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares at a par
value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share to One Hundred Thousand (100,000)
shares at a par value of Ten ($10.00)Dollars per share






fractional  share  warrants  aggregating one (1) share of the capital stock of
the Southern Life Insurance Company as it existed immediately after the
declaration  and  payment of the stock dividend of May 17, 1952, are presently
outstanding and were registered upon the records of the Southern Life
Insurance Company on the 3rd day of November, 1956; and that upon the
surrender  at the Home Office of the Company in Greensboro, North Carolina, of
the aforesaid fractional share warrants aggregating one (1) share of the
capital stock of the Southern Life Insurance Company as it existed immediately
after  the  declaration and payment of the stock dividend of May 17, 1952, the
holder thereof will then be entitled to two (2) shares of the Company's
capital  stock  as  it exists immediately after the declaration and payment of
the stock dividend authorized on the 17th day of November, 1956.
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be
signed by its President and Secretary and by a majority of its five Directors,
and  its  corporate  seal to be hereto affixed, this the 27th day of November,
1956.
                                  SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                  BY /S/ W.L. CARTER
                                  ___________________________________
                                  W.L. Carter, President

                                  /S/ W.L. CARTER
                                  ___________________________________
                                  W.L. Carter, President and Director

                                  /S/ T.C. COLLINS
                                  ___________________________________
                                  T.C. Collins, Secretary and Director

                                  /S/ W.L. CARTER, JR.
                                  ________________________________
                                  W.L. Carter, Jr., Director

                                  /S/ CHARLES T. HAGAN, JR.
                                  ________________________________
                                  Charles T. Hagan, Jr., Director


ATTEST:



/S/ T.C. COLLINS
____________________________
T.C. Collins, Secretary


       Sworn to and subscribed by W.L. Carter, T.C. Collins, W.L. Carter, Jr.,
and Charles T. Hagan, Jr., this 27th day of November, 1956.


                                         /S/ MARY H. KENNEDY
                                         ___________________________________
                                                Notary Public

                                         My commission expires: May 25, 1957
                                                                _____________

NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY

        Be it remembered, that on this 27th day of November, A.D. 1956, before
me, the subscriber, a Notary Public, personally appeared T.C. Collins,
Secretary of the Southern Life Insurance Company, the corporation mentioned in
and  which executed the foregoing certificate, who, being by me duly sworn, on
his  oath  says  that  he is such Secretary, and that the seal affixed to said
certificate is the corporate seal of said corporation, the same being
well-known to him; that W.L. Carter is President of said corporation, and
signed said certificate and affixed said seal thereto, and delivered said
certificate by authority of the Board of Directors.
       And he further says that said certificate is signed and sworn to by the
President and Secretary and a majority of the Board of Directors of said
corporation.
                                      /S/ MARY H. KENNEDY
                                     ________________________________________
                                             Notary Public

                                     My Commission Expires May 25, 1957

                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT
                                   RALEIGH


         I, Charles F. Gold, Commissioner of Insurance in and for the State of
North Carolina, do hereby certify that I have examined the foregoing and
attached  "CERTIFICATE  OF  INCREASE  OF ISSUED CAPITAL STOCK OF SOUTHERN LIFE
INSURANCE  COMPANY",  Greensboro,  North  Carolina, which increases the issued
capital  stock  of this company from Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares at the par
value  of Ten ($10) Dollars per share to ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND (100,000) shares
at  a par value of ten ($10) Dollars per share as heretofore authorized in the
Certificate  of Incorporation of this corporation, and I find that it complies
with the requirements of law, and I hereby approve the said increase in issued
capital  stock of the company, and certify the same to the Honorable Secretary
of State, as required by law.

     In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official
seal at the city of Raleigh, this the 28th day of November A.D. 1956.

                                           /S/ CHARLES F. GOLD
                                          ____________________________________
                                           Commissioner of Insurance


                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT
                                   RALEIGH


       I, JOHN RANDOLPH INGRAM, Commissioner of Insurance in and for the State
of North Carolina, do hereby certify that I have examined the attached
Articles of Amendment of the Charter of Southern Life Insurance Company,
Greensboro, North Carolina, dated September 28, 1973, increasing the
authorized Capital Stock from 100,000 shares of a par value of $10.00 per
share, to 200,000 shares of a like par value whereof 100,000 shares are
presently issued and outstanding, and since the Amendment conforms to the
Corporation Laws of North Carolina, I hereby approve and certify the same unto
the Office of the Secretary of State of North Carolina, for filing as required
by law.

     In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official
seal at the city of Raleigh, this the 29th day of November A.D. 1973.

                                          /S/ JOHN RANDOLPH INGRAM
                                          ____________________________________
                                           Commissioner of Insurance


                            ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                      OF
                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

     The undersigned Corporation hereby executes these Articles of Amendment
for the purpose of amending its Charter:
                                      I.
     The name of this Corporation is Southern Life Insurance Company.
                                     II.
     At the annual meeting of the Board of Directors held on May 12, 1973,
which meeting was duly held pursuant to notice and at which all Directors were
present,  the following resolution to increase the authorized capital stock of
the Corporation was proposed, seconded, and unanimously adopted:
        "BE IT RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this Company
be amended by striking out Section 4 in its entirety and inserting lieu
thereof the following:

          "'4.  The authorized capital stock is Two Million ($2,000,000.00)
     Dollars divided into Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares of the par
     Value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share.'"

                                     III.
     The proposed amendment to the Charter of the Corporation as set forth in
the  immediately  preceding paragraph was in all respects adopted and approved
by the shareholders of the Corporation at a special meeting of the
shareholders,  at which a quorum was present, duly called and held on the 11th
day of August, 1973.
                                     IV.
     The total number of shares of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to
vote at said special meeting of shareholders was One Hundred Thousand
(100,000),  all of one class. No other class of shares was entitled to vote as
a class or otherwise.
                                      V.
     The number of shares voted for such amendment at said special meeting of
shareholders  was  Ninety-eight  Thousand  Seven Hundred Thirty-Nine (98,739),
said  number  being  the total number of shares represented at said meeting in
person or by proxy. No shares were voted against such amendment.
                                     VI.
     The aforementioned amendment does not provide for an exchange,
reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
                                     VII.
     The aforementioned amendment does not give rise to dissenter's rights for
the reason that it only increases the total authorized capital of the
Corporation and the total number of shares which the Corporation has authority
to issue.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of
Amendment  to be duly executed by its corporate officers, all done pursuant to
corporate authority duly conferred, this the 28th day of September, 1973.

                                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                       By /S/ W. L. CARTER, JR.
                                          ___________________________________
                                                    President

Attest:


/S/ T.C. COLLINS, JR.
________________________________
     Secretary


NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY

     I. W.L. Carter, Jr., do hereby declare that I signed the annexed Articles
of Amendment of Southern Life Insurance Company, as President of said
Corporation,  and  for and on its behalf, pursuant to corporate authority duly
given,  and  that  the statements contained therein are true to the best of my
knowledge, information and belief.

     This the 28th day of September, 1973.

                                           /S/ W.L. CARTER, JR.
                                         __________________________________
                                                  President
                                          Southern Life Insurance Company

Sworn to and subscribed before
me this the 28th day of
September, 1973.


/S/ RUBY B. JACKSON
____________________________
     Notary Public

My commission expires:

December 19, 1974
_____________________________





NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY

    I, T.C. Collins, Jr., do hereby declare that I signed the annexed Articles
of Amendment of Southern Life Insurance Company as Secretary of said
Corporation,  and  for and on its behalf, pursuant to corporate authority duly
given,  and  that  the statements contained therein are true to the best of my
knowledge, information and belief.

    This the 28th day of September, 1973.

                                     /S/ T. C. COLLINS, JR.
                                   ________________________________________
                                             Secretary
                                   Southern Life Insurance Company


Sworn to and subscribed before
me this the 28th day of September,
1973.


/S/ RUBY B. JACKSON
__________________________________
         Notary Public


My commission expires:

December 19, 1974
__________________________________


                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT
                                   RALEIGH


       I, JOHN RANDOLPH INGRAM, Commissioner of Insurance in and for the State
of North Carolina, do hereby certify that I have carefully examined the
attached  December  21, 1973 Certificate of Increase of (Issued) Capital Stock
of  Southern  Life Insurance Company, Greensboro, North Carolina, from 100,000
shares of the par value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share to 200,000 shares of
like  par  value, and since the said increase and the facts of the transaction
conform  to  G.S. 58-83, I hereby approve said Certificate for filing with the
Office  of the Secretary of State of North Carolina, whereupon the Company may
then transact business upon the Capital as increased from $1,000,000 to
$2,000,000.

     In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official
seal at the city of Raleigh, this the 4th day of January A.D. 1974.

                                           /S/ JOHN RANDOLPH INGRAM
                                          ____________________________________
                                           Commissioner of Insurance


                   CERTIFICATE OF INCREASE OF CAPITAL STOCK
                                      OF
                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                          GREENSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA


     The undersigned Corporation, in accordance with Section 58-83 of the
General  Statutes  of  North Carolina, executes this Certificate setting forth
the  amount  of the increase of capital stock of the Corporation and the facts
of the transaction:
     The name of this Corporation is Southern Life Insurance Company.

                           RESOLUTION OF DIRECTORS
     The Board of Directors of Southern Life Insurance Company, a North
Carolina corporation with its principal office and place of business in
Greensboro, North Carolina, at its annual meeting held on May 12, 1973,
adopted the following resolutions:
      "RESOLVED, by the Board of Directors of Southern Life Insurance Company,
Greensboro,  North Carolina, in meeting duly called and assembled and at which
all members of the Board of Directors were present, that the Board of
Directors  is of the opinion and so recommends to the stockholders of Southern
Life Insurance Company that it is deemed advisable to amend the Certificate of
Incorporation  of this Company to increase the authorized capital stock of the
Company from One Million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars divided into One Hundred
Thousand  (100,000)  shares of the par value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share
to Two Million ($2,000,000.00) Dollars divided into Two Hundred Thousand
(200,000)  shares  of  the  par value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share and to
that end and to accomplish said purpose:

      "BE IT RESOLVED that the Certificate of Incorporation of this Company be
amended by striking out Section 4 in its entirety and inserting in lieu
thereof the following:

          "'4.  The authorized capital stock is Two Million
     ($2,000,000.00) Dollars divided into Two Hundred Thousand
     (200,000) shares of the par value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars
     per share.'

         "BE IT RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors is of the opinion and so
recommends  to  the stockholders of Southern Life Insurance Company that it is
advisable  that  the  issued  and outstanding capital stock of this Company be
increased  from  One  Hundred  Thousand (100,000) shares at a par value of Ten
($10.00)  Dollars  per share to Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares at a par
value  of  Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share and that upon the filing of Articles
of Amendment to the Charter of this Corporation whereby the authorized capital
stock  is  increased to Two Million ($2,000,000.00) Dollars that this increase
in the issued and outstanding capital stock be effected by the transfer of One
Million  ($1,000,000.00)  Dollars  from  the unassigned surplus account of the
Corporation to the capital stock account of this corporation and that One
Hundred  Thousand  (100,000)  shares of stock of the par value of Ten ($10.00)
Dollars  be issued on a pro rata basis and as a stock dividend to stockholders
of this Corporation of record as of the 11th day of August, 1973.

        "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Company be, and they
are  hereby, authorized, empowered, and directed to take any and all steps and
to  do any and all acts that may be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out
these resolutions.

         "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that a special meeting of the stockholders
of this Company be, and it is hereby, called to meet at the home office of the
Company  in  Greensboro,  North Carolina, on Saturday, the 11th day of August,
1973, at 10:00 a.m. to take action on these resolutions."

     The proposed Amendment to the Charter of the Corporation by the terms of
which  the  authorized  capital  stock of the Corporation was increased to Two
Million  ($2,000,000.00)  Dollars  divided into Two Hundred Thousand (200,000)
shares  of the par value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share was in all respects
adopted and approved by the shareholders of the Corporation at a special
meeting  of  the  shareholders, at which a quorum was present, duly called and
held  on  the  11th  day of August, 1973. Articles of Amendment reflecting the
increase  in  authorized capital stock of Southern Life Insurance Company were
submitted  by  the Company to the Honorable John Randolph Ingram, Commissioner
of Insurance, who on November 29, 1973, approved the said Articles of
Amendment and certified them unto the office of the Secretary of State of
North Carolina, and said Articles of Amendment were filed in the office of the
Honorable Thad Eure, Secretary of State of North Carolina on November 30,
1973.



                            CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE

     Southern Life Insurance Company, a North Carolina corporation with its
principal  office  and  place  of business in Greensboro, North Carolina, does
hereby certify that at a special meeting of its shareholders, at which a
quorum  was present, duly called and held on the 11th day of August, 1973, the
shareholders of Southern Life Insurance Company adopted the following
resolutions:
            "BE IT RESOLVED, that, upon the filing of Articles of Amendment to
the Charter of this Corporation whereby the authorized capital stock is
increased  to  Two Million ($2,000,000.00) Dollars, the issued and outstanding
capital stock of this Company be increased from One Hundred Thousand (100,000)
shares at a par value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share to Two Hundred
Thousand (200,000) shares at a par value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share and
that  this increase in the issued and outstanding capital stock be effected by
the transfer of One Million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars from the unassigned
surplus account of this Corporation to the capital stock account of this
Corporation and that One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares of stock of the par
value  of  Ten  ($10.00)  Dollars be issued on a pro rata basis and as a stock
dividend  to  stockholders of this Corporation of record as of the 11th day of
August, 1973.

             "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Company be, and
they  are hereby authorized, empowered, and directed to take any and all steps
and  to do any and all acts that may be deemed necessary or advisable to carry
out these resolutions."

     The total number of shares of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to
vote at said special meeting of the shareholders was One Hundred Thousand
(100,000),  all of one class. No other class of shares was entitled to vote as
a class or otherwise. The number of shares voted for the foregoing resolutions
at said special meeting of shareholders was Ninety-eight Thousand Seven
Hundred  Thirty-nine  (98,739),  said  number being the total number of shares
represented at said meeting in person or by proxy.

     It is further certified that pursuant to said resolutions One Million
($1,000,000.00) Dollars was transferred from the unassigned surplus account of
this  Corporation to the capital stock account of said Corporation and that on
the 12th day of December, 1973, One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares of stock
of  the  par value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share were issued on a pro rata
basis and as a stock dividend to the stockholders of said Corporation of
record as of the 11th day of August, 1973.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by its President and Secretary and by a majority of its five (5)
Directors,  and  its  corporate seal to be hereto affixed this the 21st day of
December, 1973.


                                         SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                         By /S/ W.L. CARTER, JR.
                                            ---------------------------
                                            W.L. Carter, Jr., President

Attest:


                                       /S/ T.C. COLLINS, JR.
                                       --------------------------
                                       T.C. Collins, Jr., Secretary

(Affix Corporate Seal)                 /S/ W.L. CARTER, JR.
                                       ---------------------------
                                       W.L. Carter, Jr., President and Director


                                       /S/ VIRGINIA BLAIR CARTER HAGAN
                                       ---------------------------------
                                       Virginia Blair Carter Hagan, Director


                                       /S/ CHARLES T. HAGAN, JR.
                                       ------------------------------
                                       Charles, T. Hagan, Jr., Director




NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY

     Be it remembered, that on this 21st day of December, A.D. 1973, before
me,  the  subscriber,  a Notary Public, personally appeared T.C. Collins, Jr.,
Secretary of the Southern Life Insurance Company, the corporation mentioned in
and  which executed the foregoing certificate, who, being by me duly sworn, on
his  oath  says  that  he is such Secretary, and that the seal affixed to said
certificate  is  the  corporate  seal of said corporation, the same being well
known  to  him;  that  W.L. Carter, Jr., is President of said corporation, and
signed said certificate and affixed said seal thereto, and delivered said
certificate by authority of the Board of Directors.

     And he further says that said certificate is signed and sworn to by the
President and Secretary and a majority of the Board of Directors of said
Corporation.

                                        /S/ HILDA D. PASCHAL
                                        ____________________________________
                                               Notary Public

My commission expires:

Nov. 14, 1974
________________________


     Sworn to and subscribed by W.L. Carter, Jr., Virginia Blair Carter Hagan,
and Charles T. Hagan, Jr., this 21st day of December, 1973.

                                        /S/ HILDA D. PASCHAL
                                        ____________________________________
                                               Notary Public

My commission expires:

Nov. 14, 1974
________________________

                            ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                      OF
                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


     The undersigned Corporation hereby executes these Articles of Amendment
for the purpose of amending its Charter:
                                      I.
     The name of this Corporation is Southern Life Insurance Company.
                                     II.
     At a regular meeting of the Board of Directors held February 9, 1974,
which meeting was duly held pursuant to notice and at which all Directors were
present,  the following resolution to increase the authorized capital stock of
the Corporation was proposed, seconded, and unanimously adopted:
        "BE IT RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this Company
be  amended  by  striking  out Section 4 in its entirety and inserting in lieu
thereof the following:

          "4.  The authorized capital stock is Ten Million ($10,000,000.00)
     Dollars divided into One Million (1,000,000) shares of the par
     Value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per share."

                                     III.
     The proposed amendment to the Charter of the Corporation as set forth in
the  immediately  preceding paragraph was in all respects adopted and approved
by the shareholders of the Corporation at the annual meeting of the
shareholders,  at which a quorum was present, duly called and held on the 11th
day of May, 1974.
                                     IV.
     The total number of shares of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to
vote at said special meeting of shareholders was Two Hundred Thousand
(200,000),  all of one class. No other class of shares was entitled to vote as
a class or otherwise.
                                      V.
     The number of shares voted for such amendment at said special meeting of
  shareholders was One Hundred Ninety-nine Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy-six
  (199,776), said number being the total number of shares represented at said
 meeting in person or by proxy. No shares were voted against such amendment.
                                     VI.
     The aforementioned amendment does not provide for an exchange,
reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
                                     VII.
     The aforementioned amendment does not give rise to dissenter's rights for
the reason that it only increases the total authorized capital of the
Corporation and the total number of shares which the Corporation has authority
to issue.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of
Amendment  to be duly executed by its corporate officers, all done pursuant to
corporate authority duly conferred, this the 14th day of May, 1974.

                                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                       By /S/ W. L. CARTER, JR.
                                          ___________________________________
                                                    President

Attest:


/S/ T.C. COLLINS, JR.
________________________________
     Secretary


NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY

     I. W.L. Carter, Jr., do hereby declare that I signed the annexed Articles
of Amendment of Southern Life Insurance Company, as President of said
Corporation,  and  for and on its behalf, pursuant to corporate authority duly
given,  and  that  the statements contained therein are true to the best of my
knowledge, information and belief.
     This the 14th day of May, 1974.

                                           /S/ W.L. CARTER, JR.
                                         __________________________________
                                                  President
                                          Southern Life Insurance Company

Sworn to and subscribed before
me this the 14th day of
May, 1974.


/S/ HILDA D. PASCHAL
____________________________
     Notary Public

My commission expires:

November 14, 1974
_____________________________





NORTH CAROLINA
GUILFORD COUNTY
    I, T.C. Collins, Jr., do hereby declare that I signed the annexed Articles
of Amendment of Southern Life Insurance Company as Secretary of said
Corporation,  and  for and on its behalf, pursuant to corporate authority duly
given,  and  that  the statements contained therein are true to the best of my
knowledge, information and belief.
    This the 14th day of May, 1974.

                                     /S/ T. C. COLLINS, JR.
                                   ________________________________________
                                             Secretary
                                   Southern Life Insurance Company


Sworn to and subscribed before
me this the 14th day of May,
1974.


/S/ HILDA D. PASCHAL
__________________________________
         Notary Public


My commission expires:

November 14, 1974
__________________________________


                           STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
                             INSURANCE DEPARTMENT
                                   RALEIGH


       I, JOHN RANDOLPH INGRAM, Commissioner of Insurance in and for the State
of North Carolina, do hereby certify that I have examined the attached
Articles of Amendment of the Charter of SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
Greensboro, North Carolina, dated May 14, 1974, increasing the authorized
Capital  Stock  from 200,000 shares of a par value of Ten ($10.00) Dollars per
share, to 1,000,000 shares of a like par value whereof 200,000 shares are
presently issued and outstanding, and since the Amendment conforms to the
Corporation Laws of North Carolina, I hereby approve and certify the same unto
the Office of the Secretary of State of North Carolina, for filing as required
by law.

     In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official
seal at the city of Raleigh, this the 22nd day of May A.D. 1974.

                                           /S/ JOHN RANDOLPH INGRAM
                                          ____________________________________
                                           Commissioner of Insurance


                            ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                      OF
                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


       The undersigned Corporation hereby executes these Articles of Amendment
for the purpose of amending its Charter:
                                      I.
     The name of this Corporation is Southern Life Insurance Company.
                                     II.
        At the annual meeting of the Board of Directors held on June 28, 1989,
which meeting was duly held pursuant to notice and at which all Directors were
present,  the  following  resolution to change the name of the Corporation was
proposed, seconded, and unanimously adopted:

     "BE IT RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this Company be
amended  by  striking out Section 1 in its entirety and inserting lieu thereof
the following:

            "1.  The name of this Corporation is LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY
COMPANY."
                                     III.
      The proposed amendment to the Charter of the Corporation as set forth in
the  immediately  preceding paragraph was in all respects adopted and approved
by the shareholders of the Corporation at a special meeting of the
shareholders,  at which a quorum was present, duly called and held on the 30th
day of June, 1989.
                                     IV.
     The total number of shares of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to
vote at said special meeting of shareholders was Two Hundred Thousand
(200,000),  all of one class. No other class of shares was entitled to vote as
a class or otherwise.
                                      V.
      The number of shares voted for such amendment at said special meeting of
shareholders  was  Two Hundred Thousand (200,000), said number being the total
number  of shares represented at said meeting in person or by proxy. No shares
were voted against such amendment.
                                     VI.
     The aforementioned amendment does not provide for an exchange,
reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
                                     VII.
     The aforementioned amendment does not give rise to dissenter's rights.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of
Amendment  to be duly executed by its corporate officers, all done pursuant to
corporate authority duly conferred, this 30th day of June, 1989.

                                       SOUTHERN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                       By /S/ CLIFFORD N. GAMBLE
                                          ___________________________________
                                                    President

Attest:


/S/ TIMOTHY A. MENEZES
________________________________
Timothy A. Menezes
Secretary


STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF SACRAMENTO

This  is  to  certify that on this 30th day of June, 1989, before me, a notary
public, personally appeared Clifford N. Gamble and Timothy A. Menezes, each of
whom, being by me first duly sworn, declared that he signed the foregoing
document  in  the  capacity  indicated, that he was authorized so to sign, and
that the statements therein contained are true.

Witness my hand and official seal, this 30th day of June, 1989.

                                            /S/ BONNIE J. BRIDGE
                                         __________________________________
                                                 NOTARY PUBLIC

(SEAL)


MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: August 31, 1992
                       _______________


                         CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF

                  THE LONDON PACIFIC ASSURANCE GROUP LIMITED



          The undersigned secretary of The London Pacific Assurance Group
Limited  ("Corporation")  hereby certifies that the following resolutions were
duly  adopted  on  June  28, 1989 by the Board of Directors of Corporation and
have not been amended, modified or rescinded:

             RESOLVED, that Alan R. Wolen is hereby appointed as an officer of
the Corporation in the capacity as Assistant Secretary with a term expiring on
July 31, 1989.

            RESOLVED FURTHER, that each officer is hereby severally authorized
and  directed to take all action and execute all documents otherwise necessary
to effect the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement
entered into by and between the Corporation and Liberty Life Insurance Company
on June 13, 1989.

            RESOLVED FURTHER, that effective upon the closing of the aforesaid
transactions pursuant to which this Corporation shall become the sole
shareholder of Southern Life Insurance Company, the following persons are
appointed to constitute the board of directors of said company:

                         Arthur R. Trueger (Chairman)
                              Clifford N. Gamble
                              Timothy A. Menezes
                                Robert Cornman

          RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Corporation's officers are hereby
severally authorized and empowered to prepare and execute all further
instruments  and  documents  and  to take all such further action necessary to
effectuate these resolutions.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate on the 28th day
of June, 1989.


                                          /S/ TIMOTHY A. MENEZES
                                          ____________________________________
                                          Timothy A. Menezes
                                          Secretary


                           DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE

                           State of North Carolina

                                P.O. Box 26387

                              Raleigh, NC 27611




I, James E. Long, Commissioner of Insurance in and for the State of North
Carolina,  do  hereby certify that I have examined the attached June 30, 1989,
Articles of Amendment to the Charter of Southern Life Insurance Company,
Greensboro, North Carolina, and find the same in conformity with the laws
pertaining  thereto  and  do hereby approve the said Amendment and certify the
same to the Honorable Secretary of State of the State of North Carolina.

In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal
at the city of Raleigh, this the 30th day of June A.D. 1989.

                                          Commissioner of Insurance



                                          By: /S/ KATHY H. SYKES
                                              ________________________________
                                              Kathy H. Sykes
                                              Administrator
                                              Financial Compliance Section


                            ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                      OF
                    LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY


     The undersigned Corporation hereby executes these Articles of Amendment
for the purpose of amending its Charter:
                                      I.
     The name of this Corporation is London Pacific Life & Annuity Company.
                                     II.
     The Board of Directors recommended and the shareholders approved the
following amendment to Section 2 of the Articles:

           "2.  The location of the principal office of the corporation in the
State  of  North  Carolina shall be at Raleigh; provided, however, that it may
have  such other branch offices and places of business, both in and out of the
state, as its Board of Directors may deem advisable."

                                     III.
     Pursuant to Section 55-10-03 of the North Carolina Business Corporation
Act,  the proposed amendment to the Charter of the Corporation as set forth in
the  immediately  preceding paragraph was in all respects adopted and approved
by the shareholders by unanimous written consent, acting without a meeting.
                                     IV.
     The total number of shares of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to
vote  was  Two Hundred Thousand (200,000), all of one class. No other class of
shares was entitled to vote as a class or otherwise.
                                      V.
     The number of shares voted for such amendment was Two Hundred Thousand
(200,000),  said  number  being the total number of shares represented at said
meeting in person or by proxy. No shares were voted against such amendment.
                                     VI.
     The aforementioned amendment does not provide for an exchange,
reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
                                     VII.
     The aforementioned amendment does not give rise to dissenter's rights.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of
Amendment  to be duly executed by its corporate officers, all done pursuant to
corporate authority duly conferred, this 29th day of October, 1990.

                                        LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY


                                       By /S/ CLIFFORD N. GAMBLE
                                          ___________________________________
                                                    President

Attest:


/S/ TIMOTHY A. MENEZES
________________________________
Timothy A. Menezes
Secretary


STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF SACRAMENTO

This is to certify that on this 29th day of October, 1990, before me, a notary
public, personally appeared Clifford N. Gamble and Timothy A. Menezes, each of
whom, being by me first duly sworn, declared that he signed the foregoing
document  in  the  capacity  indicated, that he was authorized so to sign, and
that the statements therein contained are true.

Witness my hand and official seal, this 29th day of October, 1990.

                                            /S/ BONNIE J. BRIDGE
                                         __________________________________
                                                 NOTARY PUBLIC

MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: August 31, 1992
                       _______________


                           DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE

                           State of North Carolina

                                P.O. Box 26387

                              Raleigh, NC 27611




I, James E. Long, Commissioner of Insurance in and for the State of North
Carolina, do hereby certify that I have examined the attached October 29,
1990, Articles of Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of London Pacific
& Life Annuity Company, Greensboro, North Carolina, and find the same in
conformity  with  the  laws  pertaining thereto and do hereby approve the said
Amendment and certify the same to the Honorable Secretary of State of the
State of North Carolina.

In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal
at the city of Raleigh, this the 16th day of November, 1990.

                                           Commissioner of Insurance



                                          By: /S/ KATHY H. SYKES
                                              ________________________________
                                              Kathy H. Sykes
                                              Administrative Assistant
                                              Financial Compliance Section

                               EXHIBIT 99.B6(ii)



               BYLAWS OF LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY

                           ARTICLE I - STOCKHOLDERS

     Section 1. Annual Meetings. The annual meetings of the stockholders of
the  Company  shall be held on such day during the first one hundred and fifty
days of the calendar year as the Board of Directors may determine.

     Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the
stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman
of  the Board, the President, or upon request of stockholders holding at least
one-tenth of the outstanding stock.

     Section 3. Place of Meetings. Each annual and special meeting of the
stockholders  shall be held at the principal office of the Company, or at such
other  place  as  shall be designated by the Board of Directors or the officer
calling such meeting.

     Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Written or printed notice stating the
place,  day  and  hour  of  meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the
purpose  or  purposes  for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed by the
Secretary  or an Assistant Secretary not less than ten days before the date of
the meeting, to each stockholder of record, addressed to him at his address as
it appears on the stock books of the Company.

     Section 5. Proxies. At a meeting of stockholders, a stockholder may
vote  by  proxy  executed  in  writing  by  the stockholder and filed with the
Secretary  of  the  Company,  bearing  date  within eleven months prior to the
meeting unless a longer period is provided therein and is permitted by law.

     Section 6. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding shares of the Company,
reported  in  person  or  by  proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of
stockholders.

     Section 7. Voting. Subject to the provisions of Section 3 of Article VI
hereof, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock
standing  in  his  name  on  the  books of the Company. Only those whose names
appear  as stockholders on the books of the Company, or their proxies or legal
representatives, shall be entitled to vote or to participate in any meeting of
stockholders.  A majority of the votes cast shall decide any question that may
come  before  the  meeting,  except  as  otherwise provided by law or by these
Bylaws.

                            ARTICLE II - DIRECTORS

     Section 1. General Powers. The business and property of the Company
shall be managed by the Board of Directors and they shall and may exercise all
powers  of the Company except as limited by law and elsewhere by these Bylaws.
They  shall  have  power to make all necessary rules and regulations for their
government and for the regulation of the business of the Company which are not
inconsistent  with  the  charter  and  these  Bylaws,  and  shall have general
management  and  control  of  the Company. The Board of Directors may delegate
from  time to time to any committee, officer or agent such power and authority
as permitted by law.

     Section 2. Number Tenure and Qualifications. Members of the Board of
Directors  shall  be  elected  annually by the vote of the stockholders at the
annual  meeting  or  at  a  special meeting called for this purpose if for any
reason  directors  should not be elected at the annual meeting, and shall hold
office  until  the  next annual meeting and until their successors are elected
and  qualified.  Any  vacancy  in  the  Board  of Directors caused by death or
resignation  may,  but  need not, be filled by the Directors for the unexpired
term.  The  number  of  Directors  shall  be  fixed  from  time to time by the
stockholders  at  the annual meeting or at any special meeting called for that
purpose.  At  any  such  meeting  the  stockholders may increase the number of
directors,  not to exceed seven and may at the same meeting elect directors to
fill the vacancies resulting therefrom.

     Section  3.  Regular  Meetings.  A regular meeting of the Board of
Directors  shall  be  held  without  other notice than this By-Law immediately
after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders. The Board
of  Directors may provide, by resolution, the date and place, either within or
without  the  State  of  North Carolina, for the holding of additional regular
meetings without other notice than such resolution.

     Section 4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board  of  Directors
may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or upon the request
of a majority of the Board, and may be held at such time and place,  either
within  or without the State of North Carolina, as may be specified in the
notice thereof.

     Section 5.  Notice of Meetings.  Notice  of each special meeting of the
Board  of Directors, stating the time and the place where the meeting is to be
held, shall be given by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary by mailing the
same to each director at his residence or business address not less than three
days before such meeting, or by giving the same to him personally or
telegraphing  or  telephoning  the  same  to  him at his residence or business
address  not  later  than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be
held.  Any  and  all  requirements  for  call  and  notice  of meetings may be
dispensed  with  if  all  directors are present at the meeting or if those not
present at the meeting shall at any time waive or have waived notice thereof.

     Section 6. Quorum and Manner of Acting. A majority of the number of
directors  in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business
at any meeting of the Board of Directors. The act of majority of the directors
present  at  a  meeting  at  which a quorum is present shall be the act of the
Board of Directors.

     Section 7. Compensation. The directors shall receive such fees and
expenses  for attendance at meetings of the Board, as may be determined by the
Board  of Directors; provided, however, that no salaried officer shall receive
a fee for attendance at such meetings.

                           ARTICLE III - COMMITTEES

     Section  1.  Committees  of  the Board. The Board of Directors, by
resolution  adopted  by a majority of the directors fixed by these bylaws, may
designate  two  (2) or more directors to constitute an Executive Committee and
such  other  committees,  each  of  which, to the extent authorized by law and
provided  in such resolution, shall have and may exercise all of the authority
of the Board of Directors in the management of the Company. The designation of
any  committee  and  the  delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to
relieve  the  Board of Directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility
or liability imposed upon it or him by law.

     Section 2. General Provisions. The members of any Committee of the
Board  shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  of Directors and shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall designate the
chairman of each of such committees, or if for any reason the Board shall fail
to  designate  the chairman, then each committee shall elect its own chairman.
Meetings  of each such committee shall be held at such times and places as may
be  determined  by  its  chairman  or  as may be agreed upon by members of the
committee.  A  quorum  at  any  meeting of either committee shall consist of a
majority  of  the  committee,  and  any  action  taken by such committee shall
require  the  assent  of  at  least a majority of the members who are present.
Notice  of  meetings shall be given in the same manner as for special meetings
of the Board of Directors. Any action taken by such committees shall be deemed
to  be  action  taken  by  the  Board of Directors and shall be binding on the
Company,  but  the  Board  of  Directors  shall at all times have the power to
reverse  and  overrule  any action taken by such committees, provided that the
exercise of such power by the Board of Directors shall not in any way abrogate
the obligations or duties owing by the Company to third parties who have acted
in  reliance  on  the action taken by such committees. All proceedings by each
such  committee  and all action taken by each such committee shall be reported
to  the  Board  of  Directors  at  the  meeting of the Board of Directors next
following such proceedings or action.

     Section 3.  Other Committees. There shall be such other committees
consisting  of  directors,  officers  and  employees  of  the  Company  as the
President of the Company may appoint from time to time.

     Section 4. Compensation. Members of committees shall receive such fees
and  expenses for attendance at committee meetings as may be determined by the
Board  of Directors; provided, however, that no salaried officer shall receive
a fee for attendance at such meetings.

                            ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

     Section 1.  Number. The officers of the Company shall be a President,
one  or  more  Vice-Presidents, with such designation of rank or duties as the
Board of Directors may from time to time designate and determine, a Secretary,
a  Treasurer,  an  Actuary,  a  Controller, and a Medical Director. Such other
officers  or  assistant  officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected or
appointed  by  the  Board of Directors. Any two or more of said offices may be
held by one person at the same time, except that the President may not also be
the Secretary.

     Section 2. Election and Tenure. The officers of the Company shall be
elected  annually  at the first regular meeting of the Board of Directors held
after  each annual meeting of stockholders, or at a special meeting called for
that  purpose  if  for any reason officers should not be elected at such first
meeting, and shall hold office until the first regular meeting of the Board of
Directors  held  after  the  next  annual  meeting  of stockholders; provided,
however, that any officer may be removed from office by the Board of Directors
at  any  lawful meeting, and any vacancy in any office, however caused, may be
filled by the Board of Directors at any lawful meeting.

     Section 3. Duties of Officers. The Board of Directors shall, from time
to  time,  in  its  discretion, designate and prescribe the duties incident to
each  office,  and  it  may,  at  any time, expressly authorize any officer to
perform any duty or function which is usually performed by any other officer.

     Section 4. Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from
time  to  time  by  the Board of Directors. No officer shall be prevented from
receiving  such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the
Company.

            ARTICLE V - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Subject to the laws of the State of North Carolina, any present or former
director,  officer  or  employee  of  the  Company,  or any person who, at the
request  of  the Company, express or implied, may have served as a director or
officer  of another Company in which this Company owns shares or of which this
Company  is  a  creditor,  shall  be entitled to reimbursement of expenses and
other  liabilities, including attorney's fees actually and reasonably incurred
by him and any amount paid by him in discharge of a judgment, fine, penalty of
costs  against  him  or  paid  by  him  in a settlement approved by a court of
competent  jurisdiction,  in  any  action  or proceeding, including any civil,
criminal or administrative action, suit, hearing or proceeding, to which he is
a  party  by reason of being or having been a director, officer or employee of
this or such other Company. This section is not intended to extend or to limit
in any way the rights and remedies provided with respect to indemnification of
directors,  officers,  employees and other persons provided by the laws of the
State  of  North  Carolina  but  is  intended  to  express  the  desire of the
stockholders  of  this  Company  that  indemnification  be  granted  to  such
directors,  officers,  employees  and  other  persons  to  the  fullest extent
allowable by such laws.

                           ARTICLE VI - CAPITAL STOCK

     Section 1. Form of Certificates. All certificates of stock, which shall
be  in  such  form  as  may  be prescribed by the Board of Directors, shall be
signed  by  the  President  or  a  Vice  President and by the Treasurer or the
Secretary  or  an  Assistant Secretary, and shall be sealed with the Company's
seal;  provided,  however,  that  if  the  certificate  is  countersigned by a
transfer  agent  or  any  assistant  transfer  agent,  or  is  registered by a
registrar,  other  than  the  corporation  itself  or  an  employee  of  the
corporation,  such certificates may be signed with the facsimile signatures of
the  officers authorized to execute such certificates and may be sealed with a
facsimile  of the seal of the Company. All certificates shall be consecutively
numbered or otherwise identified.

     Section 2. Stock Record. The name and address of the person to whom
certificates  representing  shares  of  the capital stock are issued, with the
certificate  number,  number  of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on
the  stock  transfer books of the Company. All certificates surrendered to the
Company for transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificate shall be issued
until  the  former  certificate  for  a  like number of shares shall have been
surrendered  and  canceled,  except  that  in  case  of  a  lost, destroyed or
mutilated  certificate,  a  new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and
indemnity to the Company as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

     Section 3. Transfer of Stock. Transfer of shares of the Company shall
be  made  only  on  the  stock  transfer books of the Company by the holder of
record  thereof  or  by  his  legal  representative,  who shall furnish proper
evidence  of authority to transfer, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by
power  of attorney duly executed and filed with the Company, and on  surrender
for  cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name
shares  stand on the books of the Company shall be deemed by the Company to be
the owner thereof for all purposes. The Board of Directors shall have power to
close  the  stock  transfer books of the Company for a period not in excess of
thirty  days  immediately preceding the date of the meeting of stockholders or
the  date  for  the  payment  of any dividend or the date for the allotment of
rights  or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock
shall  go  into  effect  or  for  a  period  not  in  excess of thirty days in
connection  with  obtaining  the  consent  of  stockholders  for  any purpose;
provided,  however,  that  in  lieu  of  closing  the  stock transfer books as
aforesaid  the  Board of  Directors  may  fix in advance a date not exceeding
thirty  days preceding the date of the meeting of stockholders or the date for
the  payment  of  any  dividend  or the date for the allotment of rights or to
exercise  the  rights or the date when any such change, conversion or exchange
of  capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining
such  consent,  as  a  record date, and in such case only such stockholders as
shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such
notice  of and to vote at such meeting, or to receive payment of such dividend
or  to  receive such allotment of rights or to exercise such rights or to give
such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on
the books of the corporation after any such record date is fixed as aforesaid.

                           ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENTS

         Section 1. Amendment by Stockholders. These Bylaws may be added to,
amended  or  repealed, by the majority vote of the entire outstanding stock of
the  Company  at  any  regular  meeting of the stockholders, or at any special
meeting,  where such proposed action has been announced in the call and notice
of such meeting.

     Section 2. Amendment by Board of Directors. Subject to the right of the
stockholders  to  adopt,  amend or repeal bylaws, the Board of Directors shall
have  the  power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws, by an affirmative vote of a
majority  of  all  directors  then holding office, provided that notice of the
proposal  to  adopt,  amend or repeal the bylaws was included in the notice of
the directors meeting at which such action takes place.

Blazzard, Grodd & Hasenauer, P.C.
943 Post Road East
Westport, CT 06880
203/226-7866


April 18, 1996


Board of Directors
London Pacific Life & Annuity Company
3109 Poplarwood Court
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604

RE: Opinion of Counsel - LPLA Separate Account One

Gentlemen:

You  have  requested our Opinion of Counsel in connection with the filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  of a Post-Effective Amendment to a
Registration  Statement  on  Form  N-4  for  the Individual Fixed and Variable
Deferred  Annuity  Contracts with Flexible Contributions (the Contracts) to be
issued by London Pacific Life & Annuity Company and its separate account, LPLA
Separate Account One.

We  have  made  such examination of the law and have examined such records and
documents  as  in  our  judgement are necessary or appropriate to enable us to
render the opinions expressed below.

We are of the following opinions:

1.    London Pacific Life & Annuity Company is a valid and existing stock life
insurance company of the state of North Carolina.

2.    LPLA  Separate  Account  One  is a separate investment account of London
Pacific  Life  &  Annuity Company created and validly existing pursuant to the
North Carolina insurance laws and regulations thereunder.

3.    Upon  acceptance  of  purchase  payments  made by an Owner pursuant to a
Contract  issued  in  accordance  with  the  prospectus  contained  in  the
Registration  Statement and upon compliance with applicable law, such an Owner
will have a legally-issued, fully paid, non-assessable contractual interest in
such Contract.

You  may  use  this  opinion  letter,  or  a copy hereof, as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.

We  consent  to  the  reference  to  our firm under the caption Legal Opinions
contained in the Statement of Additional Information which forms a part of the
Registration Statement.

Sincerely,

BLAZZARD, GRODD & HASENAUER, P.C.


BY: /S/ LYNN KORMAN STONE
___________________________
Lynn Korman Stone

                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS




We  hereby  consent  to  the  use  in  the Statement of Additional Information
constituting  part  of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the registration
statement  on  Form  N-4  of  LPLA  Separate  Account  One of our report dated
February  8,  1996,  relating  to  the statutory basis financial statements of
London  Pacific  Life  &  Annuity  Company, which appears in such Statement of
Additional  Information.    We  also  consent to the reference to us under the
heading "Experts" in such Statement of Additional Information.






PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
April 17, 1996

                                EXHIBIT 99.B15

                         COMPANY ORGANIZATIONAL CHART


                           GOVETT & COMPANY LIMITED
                      U.S. CORPORATE ORGANIZATIONAL CHART

London Pacific Group Limited (Jersey, Channel Islands) a publicly traded holding
company which owns 100% of Berkeley (USA) Holdings Limited (California).

BERKELEY (USA) Holdings Limited (California) a company which owns 100%
of the following:

     1. Berkeley Institutional Investment, Inc. (California)
     2.  Berkeley Financial Services Limited (California)
     3. The London Pacific Assurance Group Limited (California)
     4. BG American Fiduciary Services, Inc. (California)
     5. Berkeley International Capital Corporation (California)
     6.  Berkeley Capital Management Company (California)

LONDON PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY (North Carolina) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of The London Pacific Assurance Group Limited (California).

LONDON PACIFIC SERVICES COMPANY (California) is a wholly owned subsidiary of
The London Pacific Assurance Group Limited (California).

NORTH AMERICAN TRUST COMPANY (California) is a wholly owned subsidiary of BG 
American Fiduciary Services, Inc. (California).

LPIMC INSURANCE MARKETING SREVICES (California) is a wholly owned 
subsidiary of London Pacific Life & Annuity Company, Inc. (North Carolina).

LONDON PACIFIC FINANCIAL AND INSURANCE SERVICES (California)is a wholly
owned subsidiary of London Pacific Life & Annuity Company, Inc. 
(North Carolina).


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission